-
Canon IR2800 - page 1
FY8-13H8-000 MAR. 2001 iR2200/iR2800/ iR3300 REVISION 0 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON IN C . CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 RE V .0 MAR. 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 2
Application This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory , installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual co vers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that does not apply to your locality . Corrections This manual may contain ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 3
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 INTRODUCTION i Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classif ied as Note, Caution, or W a rning. 1 Symbols Used This documentation uses the follo wing symbols to indicate special information: Symbol Description Indicates an item requiring ca ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 4
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 INTRODUCTION ii 2 Outline of the Manual This Service Manual contains basic information needed to service the iR2200/iR2800/ iR3300 and its accessories (i.e., side paper deck, shift tray) in the field, conducted for the purpose of maintaining its product qu ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 5
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 INTRODUCTION iii Chapter 6 Fixing System: principles of operation of the fixing system, timing of operation, and disassembly/assem- bly and adjustment Chapter 7 Externals and Controls: principles of operation of the externals/con- trols, timing of operatio ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 6
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 INTRODUCTION iv The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual: 1. Each chapter contains sections e xplaining the purpose of specific functions and the re- lationship between electrical and mechanical systems with reference to the timing of opera ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 7
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 SYSTEM UNIT ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 8
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS S1 Contents CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 Basic Construction ......................... 2-1S 1.1 Functional Construction .......... 2-1S 1.2 Outline of the Electrical Circuitry ................................................. 2-2S 1.2.1 Outline ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 9
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS S2 4.4.1 Shift from Standby Mode to Sleep Mode 1 ................... 2-1 6S 4.4.2 Shift from Sleep Mode 1 to Standby Mode .................. 2-16S 4.5 Sleep Mode 2 ......................... 2 -17S 4.5.1 Shift from Standby Mode to Sleep Mode 2 .... ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 10
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 11
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-1 S 1 Specifications 1.1 Main Body 1.1.1 T ype Item Description Body Desk top Copyboard Fix ed Light source Xenon lamp Lens Lens a rray Photosensitiv e medium OPC drum (30-mm dia.) T01-101-01 1.1.2 Systems Item Description R ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 12
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-2 S 1.1.3 Functions Item Description Resolution Reading 600dpi×600dpi Copying 1200dpi×600dpi Printer output 2400dpi×600dpi Original type Sheet, book 3-D object (2 kg max.) Maximum original size A3/279.4×431.8mm (11" ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 13
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-3 S Item Description Single-sided copying mode • Plain paper (64 to 80 g/m 2 ):A3, B4, A4, B5, A5R, A4R, B5R, A5, 279.4×431.5mm (11"×17"), LGL, L TR, L TRR, STMT , STMTR • T racing paper (SM-1, GSN-75):A3, B4 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 14
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-4 S Item Description Cassette Capacity 55 mm deep (approx.; about 500 sheets of 80 g/m 2 paper) Hard disk 6GB Non-image width Leading edge Direct, Enlarge/Reduce:4.0±1.5/-1.0mm <4.5±1.8mm>*1 T railing edge Direct, En ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 15
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-5 S 1.1.4 Others Item Description Operating environment T emperature range 15° to 30°C/59 to 86°F Humidity range 5 to 80% Atmospheric pressure 810.6 to 1013.3 hpa (0.8 to 1.0 atm) Po wer consumption Maximum 1350W or less ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 16
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-6 S Reproduction mode Side Paper size copies /min (1-to-N) iR2200 iR2800 iR3300 Direct A3 (297×420mm) A3 16 1 6 16 A4 (210×297mm) A4 2 2 28 33 A5 (149×210mm) A5 1 8 18 18 B4 (257×364mm) B 4 14 1 4 14 B5 (182×257mm) B 5 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 17
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-7 S Reproduction mode Size (1toN) iR2200 iR2800 iR3300 Direct 279.4×431.8mm 279.4×431.8mm 16 16 16 (11"×17") (11"×17") L TR L T R 22 28 33 LGL LGL 14 14 1 4 L TRR L TRR 18 18 18 STMTR STMTR 1 8 18 1 8 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 18
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-8 S 1.2 Side P aper Deck-L1 Item Description Pickup method Retard Paper accommodation Front loading Paper type (horizontal f eed only) Plain paper (65 to 80 g/m 2 ): A4, B5, L TR Colored paper (Canon-recommended): A4 Capacit ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 19
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-9 S 2 Names of P ar ts 2.1 Exter nal View [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [9] Right lo wer cover [10] DIMM R OM replacement cov er [11] Network card slot [12] Parallel connector [13] Extensi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 20
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-10 S [1] Cop yboard glass [2] D ADF reading glass [3] Left cov er [4] Left lo wer rear cov er (waste toner case cov er) [5] De veloping assembly releasing lever [6] Feeding assembly releasing le ver [7] Duplex feeding assemb ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 21
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-11 S 2.2 Cross Section F01-202-01 [1] [5] [7] [9] [11] [12] [8] [10] [27] [6] [13] [15] [17] [22] [18] [24] [19] [32] [26] [25] [29] [28] [23] [30] [34] [37] [35] [4] [2] [3] [33] [31] [14] [21] [20] [36] [16] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 22
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-12 S [1] D ADF reading glass [2] No. 1 mirror [3] No. 2 mirror [4] No. 3 mirror [5] Scanning lamp [6] CCD unit [7] Cop yboard glass [8] Fixing assembly [9] Pre-e xporsure lump [10] Laser unit [11] Laser mirror [12] Drum clea ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 23
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-13 S 3 System Configuration 3.1 Functional Constr uction The machine may be broadly di vided into the following six functional blocks: F01-301-01 Control panel DC controller PCB Main power supply PCB Conposit power supply PC ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 24
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-14 S 3.2 Outline of the Electrical Circuitr y 3.2.1 Constr uction of the Electr ical Circuit The major electrical mechanisms of the machine are controlled by the following PCBs: [1] Man controller PCB; controls the system as ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 25
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-15 S 3.3 Inputs to and Outputs from the Major PCBs 3.3.1 Wir ing Diagram of the Major PCBs F01-303-01 Main controller PCB DC controller PCB HDD BD PCB CCD PCB Feed PCB Switch PCB Drum sensor PCB Scanner motor Conposit power ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 26
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-16 S 3.4 Configuration with Accessories 3.4.1 Accessor ies for Original/P aper F eeding [1] D ADF-H1 [2] Platen Cov er T ypeE [3] Document T ray-D2 [4] Cop y T ray-F1 [5] Saddle Finisher -G1 [6] Puncher Unit-K1/G1/H1 [7] Fin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 27
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1-17 S 3.4.2 Accessor y Boards F01-304-02 Network Multi-PDL Printer Kit-C1 Network PCB Ethernet Interface Adapter iN-E3 T oken Ring Network Interface Adapter iN-TR2 Super G3 F AX Board-J1 Super G3 F AX Expansion Kit-B1 Network ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 28
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTR OLLER ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 29
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-1 S 1 Basic Constr uction 1.1 Functional Constr uction The machine may broadly be di vided in to the follo wing functional blocks, with the con- troller block cov ering the shaded area: F02-101-01 Control panel Printer unit Main ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 30
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-2 S 1.2 Outline of the Electrical Circuitr y 1.2.1 Outline The major electrical mechanisms of the controller block are controlled by the CPU on the main controller PCB. The CPU, RAM, DIMM, and the ICs and HDD around the CPU ha v ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 31
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-3 S F02-102-01 Main controller PCB Printer unit Reader unit Control panel CPU RAM Accessory boards CPU DIMM-ROM HDD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 32
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-4 S 1.3 Star t-Up Sequence 1.3.1 Outline The system software used to control the machine is stored on the machine’ s HDD. The CPU on the main controller PCB reads the system software from the HDD into the SDRAM fitted to the D ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 33
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-5 S 1.3.2 Star t-Up Sequence When the main po wer switch is tuned on, the CPU on the main controller CPU ex ecutes the self-diagnostic program stored in the boot R OM. The self-diagnostic program checks the condition of the SDRA ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 34
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-6 S When the self-diagnostic program ends normally , the boot program also stored in the boot R OM will start up. The boot program reads the system software from the HDD into the sys- tem area of the SDRAM. When the write operat ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 35
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-7 S 2 Digital Image Processing 2.1 Outline The machine’ s digital image processing and image memory are controlled by the main controller PCB. The follo wing is a block diagram of digital image processing: F02-201-01 8 Reader ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 36
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-8 S 2.2 Input Image Processing The image data from the reader unit is processed for the following: 2.2.1 Image Data from the Reader Unit The image signals from the reader unit are 8-bit, 256-gradation intensity image signals whi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 37
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-9 S 2.2.6 Binar y Processing (error diffusion method T -BIC) In the error diffusion method (T -BIC), the texture is controlled to process the data for op- timum printing effects; 8-bit image density signals of each mode (te xt, ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 38
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-10 S 2.4 Output Image Processing The output image data to the printer unit is subjected to the following processing: 2.4.1 Smoothing a. When Generating Read Images In the case of text or test/photo mode, the input image of 600× ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 39
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-11 S 3 Soft Counters The machine is equipped with soft counters that count the number of prints it has handled; the counter readings may be checked by pressing the Check ke y in the control panel. The counters are controlled by ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 40
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-12 S The follo wing diagrams show the locations of the sensor in the f inisher and the saddle fin- isher: F02-301-01 F02-301-02 Inlet sensor(S2) Inlet sensor (PI1) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 41
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-13 S The counters possess a total of 16 modes, consisting of eight modes for large-size papers and eight modes for small-size papers; the following sho ws the basic counter modes: Copy/print mode Large-size Small-size* Local cop ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 42
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-14 S OPTION>USER>COUNTER1 Use it to enable/disable the display of soft counter 1 in the control panel. OPTION>USER>COUNTER2 Use it to enable/disable the display of soft counter 2 in the control panel, or to change th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 43
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-15 S 4 Controlling the P o w er Supply 4.1 Outline In addition to its control in response to the operation of the main po wer switch, the main controller PCB possesses the following control mechanisms in relation to the po wer s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 44
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-16 S 4.4.1 Shift from Standby Mode to Sleep Mode 1 A shift from standby mode to sleep mode 1 is ex ecuted for the following: • The po wer switch (soft switch) in the control panel is OFF . • The machine remains in standby mo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 45
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-17 S 4.5 Sleep Mode 2 In sleep mode 2, only the +3.3V all-night (3.3 VB) power supply is ON. The CPU on the main control paper remains in wait for an interrupt (ke eping the program at rest) to limit the consumption of pow er . ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 46
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-18 S 5 Ne w Functions 5.1 Hard Disk Spool In hard disk spool, print data is not directly sent to memory for printing, but spooled on the HDD before printing, thus releasing the application program running on the host PC sooner t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 47
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-19 S 5.2 SMB Printing SMB has been dev eloped so as to use NetBIOS, which specifies an address by means of a computer name, for use solely with a specific protocol. SMB o ver TCP/IP is designed for use in combination with the TC ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 48
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 MAIN CONTROLLER 2-20 S 5.3 LPD Banner When OPD printing is selected, the following job inform ation will be printed: LPD Banner (sample) iR2200-3300 (iN-E2) USER N AME : ts HOST N AME : canon JOB N AME : golfer .ps F02-503-01 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 49
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 50
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-1 S 1 Selecting the Site of Installation Select the site of installation against the following conditions; if possibl e, visit the user’ s in advance of the deli very of the machine: 1. There must be a power outlet that may be ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 51
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-2 S 6. The site must be such that the machine will be at least 10 cm away from an y wall, allo w- ing adequate space for work. F03-100-01 F03-100-02 7. The site must be well ventilated. Do not install the machine near the air inl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 52
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-3 S 2 Unpac king and Installation 2.1 Bef ore Star ting the Work K eep the follo wing in mind for the work: 1. If the machine is brought in from a cold to warm place, its pickup/feed- ing assembly can dev elop condensation, leadi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 53
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-4 S 2.2 Unpacking and Remo ving the Fixing Materials W ork Checks/remarks 1) Open the shipping box, and remov e the plastic sheets. • If you are installing the pedestal at the same time, unpack it. 2) While working in a group o ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 54
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-5 S W ork Checks/remarks 3) Remov e the packing tape of the ma- chine. 4) Press the cassette release button, and take out each cassette to the front. 5) Connect the machine and the pedestal using a scre w [1]. Other types of pede ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 55
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-6 S 2.3 Mounting the Scanner W ork Checks/remarks 1) Remov e the scre w [1] and the tag [2] used to hold the scanner in place on the left cov er of the reader unit. K eep the scre w stored aw ay for possible relocation of the ma- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 56
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-7 S W ork Checks/remarks 4) Remov e the fixing scre w [1] from the dummy drum. • The remov ed f ixing scre w will be used when mounting the drum unit. 5) Pull the dummy drum [2] straight out to the font. • The remov ed dummy ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 57
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-8 S W ork Checks/remarks 2) Shake the toner cartridge [1] se veral items. 3) Set the toner cartridge to the dev eloping assembly , and push it down until the opening tab [2] springs to view . • The toner cartridge is locked to ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 58
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-9 S W ork Checks/remarks 6) Push in the black cov er of the dev elop- ing assembly back to its initial position. • The toner cartridge will become disen- gaged. 7) Remov e the toner cartridge. 8) Push in the dev eloping assembl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 59
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-10 S 2.6 Mounting the Dr um Unit W ork Checks/remarks 1) Unpack the drum unit, and remov e the two releasing members [1] of the pri- mary charging roller . Remov e all other packing tape and the like. 1. Do not touch the dump are ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 60
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-11 S W ork Checks/remarks 3) Using the fixing scre w [1] removed from the dummy drum previously , se- cure the dump unit [2] in place. 4) Fill out the date label, and attach it to the front cov er of the drum unit. 5) T urn the d ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 61
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-12 S 2.7 Stirr ing the T oner W ork Checks/remarks 1) Connect the power plug to the po wer outlet. 2) T urn on the main power switch. • W ait until the control panel indicates that the machine is ready for operation. 3) Start s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 62
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-13 S 2.8 Setting the Cassette W ork Checks/remarks 1) Press the cassette releasing button, and slide out the cassette to the front. 2) Check with the user to find out the size of paper to use, and check the size set- ting (A/B or ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 63
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-14 S W ork Checks/remarks 3) Pick the lev er of the side guide plate and the rear guide plate, and adjust it to the appropriate paper size index. The middle cassette cannot hold A3 or 11×17 paper . 4) Set the paper size dial to ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 64
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-15 S W ork Checks/remarks 5) Attach the size label [2] to the cassete size plate [1], and fit the cassette size plate to each cassette. 6) Put paper into the cassettes [3], and slide them into the machine. [2] [1] LT R A4 [3] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 65
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-16 S 2.9 Checking the Images/Operations W ork Checks/remarks 1) T o install the machine not using the 2- cassette pedestal, mount the right lower cov er [1]. 1. Skip this step if the machine is installed on a 2-cassette pedestal. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 66
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-17 S W ork Checks/remarks 5) If necessary in vie w of the site en viron- ment, turn on the cassette heater switch [1]. 6) Mov e the machine to the site of installa- tion; if it is placed on a pedestal, secure it in place using th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 67
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-18 S 2.10 Connecting to the Network Perform the following steps if the machine is equipped with printer func- tions: 1) T urn off the main power . 2) Connect the network cable to the machine, and turn on the main power . 3) Infor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 68
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-19 S 2.11.2 Making a Check Using a Remote Host Address The connection to the network may be checked by e xecuting PING using a remote host address (i.e., the IP address of a PC terminal connected to and operating on the TCP/IP ne ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 69
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-20 S 2.12.2 Making a Check Using a Loop-Back Address A loop-back address is returned before it reaches the network PCB; therefore, ex ecuting PING using it will enable a check on the TCP/IP settings made on the machine. 1) Enter ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 70
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-21 S 3 Relocating the Machine 3.1 Prepar ing f or Relocation If the machine must be relocated by truck or other means of transportation after it has been installed, perform the following: Do not lift the machine by holding its gr ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 71
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-22 S 3.2 Lifting the Machine Off the P edestal W ork Checks/remarks 1) Disconnect the lattice connector of the pedestal from the machine. 2) Slide out the two cassettes from the ma- chine, and remov e the scre w [1] used to conne ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 72
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-23 S 4 Installing the Card Reader-C1 W ork Checks/remarks 1) Make the follo wing selections in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>INST ALL>CARD; then, enter the card number (1 through 2701). • Enter the number of the card ( ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 73
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-24 S W ork Checks/remarks 6) Cut off the f ace plate [1] at the top of the right rear cov er with a nipper or the like. 7) Lead out the connector [1] of the card reader on the machine side, and mount the right rear cover . 8) Con ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 74
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-25 S W ork Checks/remarks 9) While pushing in the connector [1] and the harness [2] inside the machine, fit the boss of the right rear cov er into the opening in the card reader support plate; then, secure the card reader to the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 75
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-26 S 5 Installing the Document T ra y-D2 W ork Checks/remarks 1) Remove the two stickers from the right top of the machine. Using the two stepped scre ws [1] (RS tightening; M4×10) that come with the machine, mount the document ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 76
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-27 S 6 Replacing the Drum Unit W ork Checks/remarks 1) T urn off the main po wer switch; then, open the front cov er . 2) Shift the feeding assembly releasing le- ver to free the feeding assembly . 3) T urn the developing assembl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 77
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-28 S W ork Checks/remarks 7) Check to see the dev eloping assembly is freed; then, slide in the new drum unit along the rails in the machine slowly . At this time, take full care not to bring the dev eloping assembly into contact ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 78
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-29 S W ork Checks/remarks 9) Fill out the date label, and attach it to the front cov er of the drum unit. 10) T urn the developing assembly locking lev er clockwise to lock it in place. 11) Shift up the feeding assembly releasing ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 79
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 INST ALLA TION 3-30 S W ork Checks/remarks 17) Start service move. 18) Make the follo wing selections: COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>D- GAMMA. 19) Press the OK key . • The machine will pick up paper from cassette 2. (The paper may be of any size ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 80
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 READER UNIT ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 81
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS R1 Contents CHAPTER 1 BASIC OPERA TION CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 1 Outline of Electrical Circuitry ....... 1-1R 1.1 Outline .................................... 1-1R 1.2 Reader Controller PCB ........... 1-1R 2 Basic Sequence of Operation ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 82
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS R2 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 5.3 Sensors .................................. 2-24R 5.3.1 Removing the Original Detec- tion Unit .......................... 2-24R 5.3.2 Removing the HP Sensor ........................................ 2-24R 5. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 83
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 BASIC OPERA TION ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 84
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 BASIC OPERA TION 1-1 R CCD PCB ADF Scanner motor Reader controller PCB Controller unit Printer unit Inv erter PCB LAMP1 M400 ROM (IC401) CPU (IC400) RAM (IC402) IPC (IC404) EEPROM (IC403) F01-102-01 Major PCBs T01-102-01 List of Control Items 1 O ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 85
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 BASIC OPERA TION 1-2 R 2 Basic Sequence of Operations 2.1 Basic Sequence of Operations at P o wer-On Scanner HP sensor (PS39) Scanning lamp (LA2) Scanner motor (M3) Power switch ON STBY SREADY *1 *2 Reverse Forward Scanner HP sensor (PS39) Scanni ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 86
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 BASIC OPERA TION 1-3 R 3 Inputs to and Outputs from the Major PCBs 3.1 Wiring of Major PCBs F01-301-01 Controller unit DC controller PCB CCD PCB Inv erter PCB Reader controller PCB J4021 J402 J408/J407/J403 J409 J601/J600/J602 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 87
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 88
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-1 R Item Scanning lamp Original Scanning Scanner position detection Reproduction ratio (zoom) Scanner dri ve control Lens Scanning lamp acti va tion Original size detection 1 Outline of Operations 1.1 Outline The major ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 89
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-2 R Copyboard glass Original Scanning lamp Lens CCD No. 1 mirror No. 1 mirror base No. 2 mirror No. 2 mirror base No. 3 mirror HP Image leading edge Stream reading position (star t position) F02-101-01 The major compone ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 90
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-3 R 1.2 Sequence of Operations (original exposure) 1.2.1 Book Mode, 1 Or iginal, Copyboard Closed *1: original size detection.*2: shading correction. F02-102-01 F02-102-02 Forward *2 *1 Start key ON Copyboard cover open ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 91
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-4 R 1.2.2 Book Mode, 1 Or iginal, Copyboard Co v er Open *1: original size detection.*2: shading correction. F02-102-03 F02-102-04 Reverse Forward *2 STBY STBY SREADY SCFW SCRV Start key ON Copyboard cover open Start po ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 92
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-5 R 1.3 Enlargement/Reduction (zoom) [1] When the copyboard cover is used, the ra tio may be between 25% and 800% and the speed of the scanner is controlled. [2] When the ADF is used, the ratio may be between 25% and 40 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 93
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-6 R 2 Scanner Dr iv e System 2.1 Outline The follo wing parts are associated with the scanner driv e system. F02-201-01 [1] Scanner Motor (M3) Control Signal Used to turn on/off the motor and to control its direction an ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 94
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-7 R 2.2 Controlling the Scanner Motor The system used to control the scanner motor is constructed as follo ws: The motor dri ver turns on/of f the scanner motor and controls its direction and speed of rotation in keepin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 95
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-8 R Vertical size plate Standard white plate Increase Decrease Copyboard glass Vertical size plate Standard white plate Increase Decrease Copyboard glass Shading position F02-202-04 2.2.2 Rev ersing the Scanner After Sc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 96
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-9 R 3 Controlling the Scanning Lamp (LA2) 3.1 Outline The system used to control the scanning lamp is constructed as follo ws and the items of control include the following: [1] T urning on and of f the scanning lamp. [ ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 97
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-10 R 3.4 Detecting an Error The reader controller circuit generates the error signal (INV_ERR) in response to an error (e.g., output open, short circuit, leak) in the in v erter circuit. A fault in the lamp (lo w inten- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 98
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-11 R 4 Detecting the Size of Originals 4.1 Outline The machine automatically identifies the size of originals based on the combination of in- tensities measured by reflection type sensors and CCD at specific points. • ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 99
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-12 R F02-404-01 P oint of original detection Copyboard glass Xenon lamp Or iginal sensor Reader unit Copyboard cov er P oint of original detection 1 P oint of original detection 2 P oint of original detection 3 P oint o ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 100
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-13 R Originals size A3 B4 A4R A4 B5 B5R None Original senso r P oint of CCD detection 1234 AB-Configuration Originals size 11" × 17" LGL L TRR LT R None Originals sensor P oint of CCD detection 12 Inch-Config ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 101
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-14 R Originals size A3 B4 A4R A4 B5 B5R None Original sensor P oint of CCD detection 1234 AB-Configuration Originals size 11"* 17" LGL L TRR LT R None Original sensor P oint of CCD detection 12 Inch-Configurat ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 102
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-15 R 5 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and how to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the following in mind whene ver you work with the machin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 103
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-16 R 5.1 Exposure Lamp 5.1.1 Removing the Exposure Lamp • Do not start to w ork if the lamp is hot. • Do not lea v e fingerprints on the surface of the lamp. • Do not subject the lamp to impact. • Do not touch t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 104
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-17 R 6) Disconnect the connector [1]. 7) Remov e the screw [2], and detach the cable f ixing plate [3]. F02-501-03 8) Push the No. 1 mirror base, and mov e the No. 2 mirror base [1] as far as the cut-off in the frame; t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 105
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-18 R 5.2 Scanner Dr ive Assemb ly 5.2.1 Removing the Scanner Motor 1) Remov e the copyboard glass. (p. 3-11R) 2) Disconnect the connector [1]. 3) Remo ve the spring [2]. F02-502-01 4) Remove the tw o scre ws [1]. 5) Det ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 106
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-19 R 5.2.2 Mounting the Motor Unit 1) Engage the pulley [2] of the motor unit [1] with the belt [3]. 2) Using two scre ws [4], mount the motor unit [1] temporarily . 3) Fit the spring [5] to apply tension to the belt [3 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 107
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-20 R 5.2.3 Removing the Scanner Dr ive Cab le When replacing the cable, be sure to obtain the follo wing: • Mirror positioning tool (FY9-3009) 1) Remo ve the reader upper fram e. (p. 3- 14R) 2) Remove the two cable fi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 108
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-21 R 5.2.4 Routing the Scanner Dr ive Cab le Route the scanner cable as follows to the pulle ys and the hook mirror base: 1) Loosen the scre w on the cable fixing plate. 2) Put the ball of the cable into the hole in the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 109
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-22 R 5.2.5 Adjusting the P osition of the No . 1/No . 2 Mirror Base 1) Set the pins of the mirror positioning tool as indicated: • F or the F ront (F marking) (initial; FY9-3009) (set for the machine) F02-502-08 • F ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 110
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-23 R 2) Fit the pins of the mirror positioning tool (front [2], rear [3]) into the holes [1] of the rail and the No. 1/No. 2 mir- ror base. The No. 2 mirror base is ad- justed in keeping with the back-and- froth mov eme ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 111
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-24 R 5.3 Sensors 5.3.1 Removing the Or iginal Detection Unit 1) Remov e the copyboard glass. (p. 3-11R) 2) Remove the tw o scre ws [1], and detach the motor shield plate [2]. 3) Disconnect the connector [3]. 4) Remove t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 112
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-25 R 4) Disconnect the connector [1], and de- tach the HP sensor [2] from the sensor mounting plate. F02-503-04 5.3.3 Removing the Or iginal Cov er Sensor 1) Remov e the reader rear cover (5 scre ws). 2) Disconnect the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 113
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2-26 R 5.4 PCBs 5.4.1 Removing the Inv er ter PCB 1) Remove the reader rear co ver (5 scre ws). 2) Remove the scre w [1], and detach the connector cov er [2] found at the rear . F02-504-01 3) Disconnect the two connectors ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 114
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 115
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-1 R 1 Outline The major functions of the image processing system are as follo ws: [1] CCD (image sensor) Number of lines: 1 Number of pixels: 7450 Size of pixel: 4.7 × 4.7 µm [2] Shading Correction Shading adjustment: ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 116
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-2 R 2 Analog Image Processing 2.1 Outline Analog image processing is performed by the CCD PCB and the reader controller PCB, which has the follo wing major functions: [1] Dri ves the CCD. [2] Corrects the gain in the CC ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 117
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-3 R 2.3 Gain Correction and Offset Correction of the CCD Output T o correct discrepancies in the ef ficiency of photocon version among pixels, the analog video signals from the CCD are corrected: in gain correction, the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 118
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-4 R 3 Digital Image Processing 3.1 Outline Digital image processing is performed by the reader controller PCB, which has the fol- lowing major functions: [1] Shading correction [2] Auto density adjustment (AE) F03-301-0 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 119
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-5 R 3.2.2 Shading Adjustment In this adjustment, the density of white paper and that of the standard white plate are mea- sured, and the results are stored in memory . The data is computed for use as the target le vel d ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 120
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-6 R 3.2.4 Edge Gain Correction (ADF in use) In stream reading with the ADF in use, the No. 1 mirror base is fixed in position. T o check for changes in the intensity of the scanning lamp, the edge gain correction plate ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 121
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-7 R 3.3 A uto Density Adjustment (AE) 3.3.1 Outline As in the case of a ne wspaper , some originals have a dark background. Auto density cor- rection is ex ecuted to reproduce the information (text, graphics) of such or ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 122
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-8 R 3.4 Related Ser vice Mode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ (shading auto adjustment) Execute the mode after replacing the CCD unit, scanning lamp, reader con- troller PCB, or standard white plate. COPIER>ADJU ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 123
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-9 R 4 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and how to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the following in mind whene ver you work with the machine ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 124
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-10 R 4.1 Exter nal Covers 4.1.1 Exter nal Covers Remove the co ve rs as follows when cleaning, checking, or repairing the inside of the machine: REF . Those cov ers that can be de- tached by merely removing the mounting ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 125
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-11 R 4.1.3 Removing the Copyboard Glass 1) Remov e the reader right cove r . (See item 4.1.2.) 2) Remov e the copyboard glass [1]. • W hen mounting, butt the copyboard glass [1] against the vertical/horizontal size pl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 126
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-12 R 4.2 CCDs 4.2.1 Removing the CCD Unit 1) Remov e the original detection unit. (p. 2-24R) 2) Remov e the four scre ws [1], and dis- connect the connector [2]. 3) Disconnect the connector [3] of the scanner motor , an ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 127
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-13 R 4.2.2 P oints to Note When Replacing the CCD Unit Execute ‘CCD auto adjustment’ and ‘edge gain correction position auto adjust- ment’ in service mode; then, record the up- dated CCD adjustment data on the s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 128
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-14 R 4.3 F rames 4.3.1 Removing the Left ADF Base Unit 1) Remove the reader rear co ver (5 scre ws) and the left support cov er . 2) Remove the rear co ver (7 scre ws) of the printer unit. (See the descriptions for the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 129
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-15 R 4.3.3 Mounting the Reader Upper F rame 1) Fit the eight claws [2] of the reader frame [1] (circled) into the cut-offs [4] in the reader upper frame [3]; take care so that the engagement is secure. 2) Fit the eight ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 130
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 IMA GE PROCESSING SYSTEM 3-16 R 4.4 PCBs 4.4.1 Removing the Reader Controller PCB See the descriptions for the printer unit. 4.4.2 When Replacing the Reader Controller PCB See “T roubleshooting”>Chapter 4 “Troubleshooting Image F aults/M ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 131
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 PRINTER UNIT ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 132
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P1 Contents CHAPTER 1 INTR ODUCTION CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 1 Safety .............................................. 1-1P 1.1 Safety of Laser Light ............... 1-1P 1.2 CDRH Ordinances ................... 1-1P 1.3 Handling the Laser S ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 133
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P2 2.2.2 A C Bias .............................. 4-5P 2.3 Controlling the Current V oltage/ Current to a Specific Le ve l ...... 4-5P 2.3.1 Controlling the DC Bias to a Specifi c Le ve l .................... 4-5P 2.3.2 Controlling the A C Bias to ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 134
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P3 9.5.7 Positioning the Dev eloping As- sembly Magnetic Seal ...... 4 -38 P 9.5.8 Mounting the Dev eloping As- sembly Blade ................... 4-38P 9.6 Removing the P aper Lint ....... 4 -39P 9.6.1 Removing the P aper Lint ..................... ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 135
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P4 7 Double-Sided Printing ................. 5-3 0P 7.1 Through-Pa th Operation ........ 5-30 P 7.2 Outline of Operations ............ 5-3 1P 7.3 Detecting the Horizontal Registra- tion Position ........................... 5-33 P 7.3.1 Outline ... ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 136
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P5 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 1 Control Panel .................................. 7-1P 1.1 Outline ..................................... 7-1P 2 Fans ................................................ 7-2P 2.1 Arrangement, Functions, and Error C ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 137
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P6 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 1.1 Pickup ...................................... 8-1P 1.1.1 Outline ............................... 8-1P 1.1.2 Pickup Operation ............... 8-1P 1.1.3 Sequence of Pickup Operations (deck) .......................... ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 138
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P7 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 1 Outline ............................................ 9-1P 1.1 Specifications and Construction ................................................. 9-1P 1.2 Arrangement of Rollers ........... 9-2P 1.3 Arrangeme ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 139
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS P8 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2W A Y TRA Y -A1 1 Specific ations ............................... 10-1P 1.1 T ype ........................................ 10- 1P 1.2 Cross Section ......................... 10-2P 2 Outline .................................... ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 140
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTR ODUCTION ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 141
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1 P 1 Saf ety 1.1 Saf ety of Laser Light Laser light can prov e to be harmful to the human body . The machine’ s laser system, ho w- e ver , is sealed inside a protectiv e housing and external co vers to pre vent leakage of laser ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 142
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-2 P F01-102-01 CDRH Label The description may va ry from model to model. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 143
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-3 P 1.3 Handling the Laser System Y ou must take e xtra care when servicing the area around the machine’ s laser system, as by not bringing a high-reflectance screwdri ver into the laser path. T ak e such precautions as removing ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 144
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-4 P 1.4 Saf ety of T oner The machine’ s toner is a non-toxic product consisting of plastic, iron, and small amounts of dyes. If your skin or clothes hav e come into contact with toner , try removing as much of it as possible wit ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 145
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-5 P 2 Image F or mation System 2.1 Outline The machine uses an indirect-electro photographic method, and has the following con- struction: F01-201-01 Construction of the Machine [7] Registra tion roller [8] Pickup (manual feed tray ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 146
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-6 P The machine’ s image formation process consists of the following eight steps: Step 1 Pr e-exposure Step 2 Primary charging (positi ve DC) Step 3 Laser exposure* Step 4 De velopment (A C + positiv e DC) Step 5 T ransfer (nega ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 147
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 148
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 2-1 P 1 Basic Operations 1.1 Functional Constr uction The printer unit can broadly be di vided into the follo wing four functional blocks (shaded): • Control system • Laser exposure system • Image formation system ? ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 149
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 2-2 P 1.2 Outline f or the Electr ical Circuitr y 1.2.1 Outline The major electrical mechanisms of the printer unit are controlled by the CPU on the DC controller PCB. The functions of the major elements are as follo ws: 1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 150
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 2-3 P 1.3 Basic Sequence of Operations 1.3.1 Basic Sequence of Operations at P ow er-On • If the reading of the main thermistor (TH1) is less than 100°C • If the reading of the main thermistor (TH1) is 100°C or more. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 151
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 2-4 P Interval Description WUP1 (warm-up 1) Supplies power to the heater at 65% for a specific period of time (400 msec). WUP2 (warm-up 2) Controls by switching with in the range between 65% and 100% ev ery 300 msec until ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 152
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 2-5 P 1.4 Controlling the Main Motor (M2) 1.4.1 Outline The functions of the main motor control circuit are as sho wn in T02-104-01; for a block diagram of the circuit, see F02-104-01. Item Description Pow er supply 24 V f ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 153
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 SEQUENCE OF OPERA TIONS 2-6 P 1.5 Inputs to and Outputs from the Major PCBs 1.5.1 Wir ing Diagram of the Major PCBs F02-105-01 Main controller PCB DC controller PCB BD PCB Feed PCB Switch PCB Drum sensor PCB Conposit power supply PCB Reader contr ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 154
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 155
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-1 P 1 Outline of Operations 1.1 Outline P ar t 2>Chapter 4>1.1 “Outline of Laser Exposure System” The reader controller PCB serves to read image signals from the CCD and send image signals to the main controller ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 156
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-2 P F03-101-01 shows the major components for the laser e xposure system; the machine’ s la- ser scanning is performed by means of a 6-facet polygon mirror and a single-beam laser unit: F03-101-01 Component Description L ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 157
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-3 P 1.2 Sequence of Operations (laser e xposure system) F03-102-01 2 Generating Sync Signals 2.1 Outline P ar t 2>Chapter 4>2 “Generating the BD Signal” The BD signal used to synchronize the video signals in lase ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 158
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-4 P 2.2 Flow of Sync signals [1] The BD signal goes ‘0’ when laser light is detected. [2] The phase is matched with the phase of the printer, and a sync signal is genera ted. [3] Based on the printer sync signal, image ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 159
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-5 P 3 Laser Dr iv er Circuit 3.1 Controlling the Laser Unit The laser dri ver circuit is used to dri v e the semiconductor laser according to the laser dri ve signal from the DC controller PCB. The laser dri ver circuit pe ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 160
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-6 P F03-301-01 REF . The laser power of the laser unit is adjusted at the f actory , and it must not be adjusted in the field. ADJUST>LASER>PVE-OFST Use it to adjust the position of laser illumination. ADJUST>LASE ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 161
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-7 P 4 Controlling the Laser Scanner Motor 4.1 Outline P ar t 2> Chapter 4> 4.1 “Outline” The follo wing items are related to laser scanner motor control: [1] Laser scanner motor drive signal; when ‘1’, the la ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 162
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-8 P 5 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and ho w to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the follo wing in mind whenev er you work with the machine: ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 163
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3-9 P 5.1 Laser Scanner Assembly 5.1.1 Removing the Laser Unit 1) Remov e the deli very tray . (p. 7-13P) 2) Open the harness guide [1], and discon- nect the two connectors [2]. 3) Disconnect the connector [3] of the BD PCB ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 164
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMA GE FORMA TION SYSTEM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 165
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-1 P 1 Outline of Processes 1.1 Outline T04-101-01 shows the functions of and the methods used in the image form ation system: Item Description Photosensitiv e dr um OPC (30-mm dia.) drum cleaning cleaning blade Dev elopi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 166
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-2 P F04-101-01 shows the major components of the image form ation system: F04-101-01 Developing assembly Transfer guide Transfer charging roller Separation static eliminator Cleaner unit Pre-exposure lamp Primary chargin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 167
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-3 P 1.2 Basic Sequence of Operations (image f or mation system) • 1 Original, 2 Prints F04-102-01 T ransfer charging bias Laser activation Pre-exposure lamp (LAMP2) Main motor (M1) Image leading edge sensor (S12) Dev e ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 168
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-4 P 2 Controlling the Pr imar y Charging Roller Bias 2.1 Outline P ar t 2>Chapter 5>4.4 “Controlling the Primar y Charging Roller Bias” The machine’ s primary charging is a direct charging method that uses a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 169
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-5 P 2.2 T ur ning On/Off the Bias The primary charging roller bias is turned on/of f as follows: 2.2.1 DC Bias [1] When the primary charging output enable signal from the DC controller PCB goes ‘0’, the DC bias outpu ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 170
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-6 P 2.4 T emperature Correction of the DC Bias When the temperature inside the machine increases, the resistance of the photosensitiv e drum will decrease, thereby lowering the char ging characteristics. T o ensure a sta ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 171
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-7 P 2.6 Controlling the Detection of the Photosensitiv e Drum Re- sistance (APVC control) The primary charging ef f iciency changes because of changes in the site en vironment (tem- perature, humidity), deterioration of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 172
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-8 P E064 Indicates the presence of a high-voltage (primary char ging, transfer charg- ing, dev eloping) output fault. COPIER>DISPLA Y>HV -STS>PRIMAR Y Use it to indicate the current lev el of primary charging. C ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 173
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-9 P 3 Controlling the T ransf er Charging Roller Bias 3.1 Outline P ar t 2>Chapter 5>7.8.3 “Controlling the T ransf er Roller Charging” The machine’ s transfer charging is a direct charging method that uses a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 174
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-10 P 3.2 T ur ning On/Off the Bias The transfer charging roller bias is turned on/of f as follows: [1] When the transfer charging output enable signal from the DC controller PCB goes ‘0’, the transfer bias output sig ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 175
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-11 P 3.4 Controlling the Output b y Operating Mode 3.4.1 T ypes of Modes The transfer charging output may be an y of the following output modes, and the output is va ried to suit each mode. The switch-o ver among these i ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 176
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-12 P F04-304-01 3.4.2 T ur ning On/Off the Cleaning Bias When the cleaning bias output ON signal (composite power supply PCB) goes ‘1’, the output of the transfer cleaning bias transformer is applied to the transfer ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 177
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-13 P 3.5 Controlling the Output The output of the DC bias applied to the transfer charging roller is controlled as follo ws: The optimum transfer charging roller bias dif fers depending on paper size and site environ- me ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 178
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-14 P 4 Controlling the Separation Static Eliminator Bias 4.1 Outline P ar t 2>Chapter 5>8.3 “Static Eliminator Separation Method” The machine uses a static eliminator for separation. A DC bias is applied to the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 179
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-15 P 4.2 T ur ning On/Off the Bias The separation static eliminator bias is turned on/of f as follows: [1] When the static eliminator bias enable signal from the DC controller PCB goes ‘0’, the static eliminator bias ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 180
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-16 P 5 Controlling the T ransf er Guide Bias 5.1 T ransf er Guide Bias P ar t 2>Chapter 5>7.2 “T r ansf er Guide T ype” The transfer guide bias is used to pre vent adhesion of toner to the transfer guide, and i ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 181
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-17 P 6 Primar y Charging Roller Cleaning Mechanism 6.1 Outline P ar t 2>Chapter 5>10.1.5 “Cleaning the Primar y Charging Roller ” The machine’ s primary charging roller is cleaned by turning on the primary ch ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 182
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-18 P 7 De veloping Assemb ly 7.1 Outline The dev eloping assembly consists of the de veloping c ylinder , toner sensor (S1), and toner stirring rod; its is locked manually together with the de veloping rail using the loc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 183
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-19 P 7.2 Controlling the De v eloping Bias 7.2.1 Outline Both DC bias and A C bias are applied to the de veloping c ylinder . The output is controlled by the composite power supply PCB based on the control signal from th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 184
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-20 P 7.2.2 Controlling the DC Dev eloping Bias [1] When the DC bias ON signal from the DC controller PCB goes ‘0’, the bias control sig- nals (pulse signals) are generated by the PW -CPU of the high-vole po wer suppl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 185
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-21 P 7.3 Detecting the Le v el of T oner A toner sensor (S1) of a piezoelectric oscillation type is mounted inside the dev eloping assembly for detection of the lev el of toner . The DC-CPU on the DC controller PCB reads ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 186
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-22 P 8 Dr um Cleaner 8.1 Outline The drum cleaner assembly is rotated by the driv e of the main motor (M1) transmitted through driv e gears; the waste toner is colleted by the cleaning blade, and is sent to the waste ton ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 187
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-23 P F04-801-02 M1 Main motor W aste toner case W aste toner case full sensor (S2; light-emitting) W aste toner case full sensor (S2; light-receiving) W aste toner f eedscrew Photosensitive drum Cleaning blade ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 188
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-24 P 8.2 Monitor ing the W aste T oner Case The machine checks the waste toner case in reference to two le vels. The amount of waste toner inside the waste toner case is monitored by the waste toner case full sensor (S2) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 189
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-25 P E019 Indicates that the waste toner case is full. Memo The waste toner case can hold waste toner equi valent of about 200,000 prints. 8.3 Locking of the W aste T oner Feedscre w The waste toner feedscre w is rotated ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 190
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-26 P 9 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and ho w to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the follo wing in mind whenev er you work with the machi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 191
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-27 P 9.1 Pre-Exposure Lamp Unit 9.1.1 Removing the Pre-Exposure Lamp Unit 1) Remov e the drum unit. (p. 4-28P) -2) Remove the inside cov er . (p. 7-14P) 3) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- mov e the screw [2]. 4) Re ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 192
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-28 P 9.2 Photosensitiv e Drum 9.2.1 Removing the Dr um Unit 1) Open the front cov er . 2) Release the feeding assembly . 3) Release the dev eloping assembly . 4) Remove the f ixing screw [1]. 5) Slide the drum unit [2] s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 193
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-29 P 9.2.2 Cleaning the Photosensitive Drum If the surface of the photosensiti ve dru m is soiled, wipe it with a flannel cloth coated with toner . (Do not use paper , lint-free or otherwise.) Do not dry wipe it nor use ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 194
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-30 P 9.3 T ransf er Charging Roller 9.3.1 Removing the T ransf er Charging Roller Do not touch the surface of the transfer charging roller; other - wise, faulty images can occur . 1) Remove the feeding assembly . (p. 5- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 195
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-31 P 9.4 Charging Roller Solenoid 9.4.1 Removing the Charging Roller Solenoid (SL6) 1) Remov e the photosensitiv e drum unit. (p. 4-28P) 2) Open the rear cove r . (7 screws) 3) Remov e the DC controller PCB. (p. 7- 17P) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 196
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-32 P 7) Free the claw , and detach the two relay PCBs [1]. F04-904-03 8) Remov e the faston [1] of the harness, and detach the duct unit [2]. F04-904-04 9) Remove the tw o scre ws [1], and discon- nect the connector [2]; ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 197
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-33 P 9.5 De veloping Assemb ly When disassembling/assem- bling the dev eloping assembly , keep the follo wing in mind: 1. When holding the de veloping assembly , do not touch or push the dev eloping cylinder . 2. After m ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 198
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-34 P 9.5.2 Removing the Gr ip Assembly 1) Remov e the dev eloping assembly . (p. 4- 33P) 2) Remove the scre w [1] and free the three claws [2]; then, detach the grip assem- bly [3]. F04-905-02 9.5.3 Removing the T oner S ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 199
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-35 P 9.5.5 Removing the Blade Base Unit 1) Remov e the dev eloping assembly upper cov er . (p. 4-34P) 2) Remov e the two scre ws [1], and detach the blade base unit [2]. F04-905-05 The blade [1] and the blade base [2] of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 200
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-36 P 3) Remove the tw o scre ws [1] and the gear cov er [2]. 4) Remove the tw o gears [3]. F04-905-08 5) Put copy paper [3] between the de vel- oping cylinder [1] and the blade [2]. F04-905-09 6) Remove the scre w [1], a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 201
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-37 P 8) Remov e the two scre ws [1], and detach the support roller [2] and the front sleev e holder [3]. F04-905-11 9) Remov e the two scre ws [1], and detach the support roller [2] and the slee ve holder [3]. F04-905-12 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 202
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-38 P 9.5.7 P ositioning the De v eloping Assembly Magnetic Seal 1) The front magnetic seal [1] and the rear magnetic seal [2] must be butted ag ainst the opening [3] (stop reference) when they are mounted. Check to make ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 203
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-39 P 9.6 Removing the P aper Lint 9.6.1 Removing the P aper Lint 1) Open the front cov er . 2) Remov e the paper lint cleaning cove r [1] by inserting a flat-blade screwdri ver . F04-906-01 3) Slide out the paper lint cl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 204
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-40 P 9.7 W aste T oner Case 9.7.1 Replacing the W aste T oner Case 1) Remove the scre w [1], and detach the waste toner case cov er [2]. 2) T ak e out the waste toner case [3]. F04-907-01 3) Remove the case cap [1] taped ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 205
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 IMAGE FORMA TION SYSTEM 4-41 P 9.7.2 Cleaning the W aste T oner Case 1) Remov e the screw [1], and detach the waste toner case co ver [2]. 2) T ak e out the waste toner case [3]. F04-907-04 3) Dispose of the waste toner collecting inside the wast ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 206
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 207
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-1 P 1 Outline 1.1 Specifications and Construction T05-101-01 shows the major functions and the construction of the pickup/feeding system: Item Description Pa per feed reference Center Paper stack Cassette (1, 2): 500 shee ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 208
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-2 P 1.2 Arrangement of Rollers F05-101-01 The follo wing rollers are mainly used to mov e paper: Ref. Name [1] Pickup roller [2] Feeding roller [3] Separation roller [4] pull-out roller [5] Pre-reg istration roller [6] Re ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 209
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-3 P 1.3 Arrangement of Motors, Clutches , and Solenoids F05-102-01 The follo wing motors, clutches, and solenoids are used to move paper: Notation Name M1 Main motor M2 Pickup motor M5 Deliv ery motor M6 Duplex motor M9 R ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 210
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-4 P 1.4 Arrangement of Sensors F05-103-01 The follo wing sensors are used to monitor the movement of paper: Notation Name Delay jam Stationary jam Po wer-on stationary jam PS1 Cassette 1 paper sensor No No N o PS2 Cassett ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 211
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-5 P 2 Detecting J ams 2.1 Sequence of Operations (jam detection) 2.1.1 Delay Ja m a. Cassette Pic kup Assembly (cassette 1, 2) The leading edge of paper does not reach the sensor within a specif ic period of time after th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 212
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-6 P b . Other Delay Jams Other than pickup sensor delay jams, jams are found by other sensors at the following timing of detection. The period of time for trav el between sensor N-1 and delay jam sensor N are monitored wi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 213
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-7 P 2.1.2 Stationar y Ja m a. Common Stationary Jam Registration paper sensor (PS10), Fixing feeding sensor (PS13), No. 1 deli very paper sen- sor (PS15) F05-201-03 b . P ow er-On Stationar y Jam A stationary jam at power ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 214
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-8 P [8] M2 M9 M1 CL1 [10] SL1 [2] [4] [3] [2] [4] [5] [5] [3] [7] [6] [11] [11] [1] [9] 3 Pickup Assemb ly 3.1 Pic kup Control System F05-301-01 Notation Name [9] Pre-registration roller [10] DC controller PCB [11] Casset ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 215
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-9 P 3.2 Outline The paper inside the cassette is held up by the lifter , and remains in contact with the pickup roller when pickup takes place: (1) The pickup motor (M2) is used to driv e the pickup roller . The pickup ro ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 216
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-10 P 3.3 Sequence of Operations (pic kup) a. Cassette 1 • A4, 2 Copies, Continuous F05-303-01 Regist motor(M9) Pickup down solenoid(SL1) Vertical path roller clutch(CL1) Pickup motor(M2) Pre-registration paper sensor(PS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 217
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-11 P 3.4 Operation of the Cassette Lifter The lifter is operated as necessary in the course of printing to maintain the stack of sheets to a specific height. 3.4.1 Operation of the Lifter Dur ing Pr inting The lifter is c ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 218
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-12 P 3.4.2 Releasing the Lifter The lifter is released mechanically when the cassette is slid out. When the machine is in standby state, the lifter gear is held in place by the lifter gear retaining lever . When the cas- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 219
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-13 P 3.5 Cassette Pickup Oper ation 3.5.1 Rotating the Pickup Roller The dri ve used to rotate the pickup roller is transmitted through gears. The cassette motor rotates clockwise and counterclockwise to initiate pickup o ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 220
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-14 P Pickup Driv e for the Upper Cassette Holder (pickup motor in CW rotation) F05-305-02 Pickup Driv e for the Lo wer Cassette Holder (pickup motor CCW rotation) F05-305-03 Feeding roller Pickup roller Separation roller ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 221
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-15 P 3.6 Mo ving Up/Down the Pic kup Roller The pickup roller and the feeding roller are supported by a roller holder , and the pickup roller is mov ed up and do wn in relation to the feeding roller . In standby state, th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 222
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-16 P 3.7 Pickup Retry Operation When a delay is detected by a pickup sensor because of wear on the pick roller , pickup retry operation is ex ecuted. If a delay is still detected after a retry , the control panel indicate ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 223
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-17 P 3.7.2 P aper Retraction If a delay is detected once again after a retry and the jam must be remove d, the paper can become torn if an attempt is made form the cassette side. T o enable removal from the right cov er s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 224
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-18 P 3.8 Operation Other Than Cassette Pickup (standb y) When the cassette is slid into or out of the machine, the following tak es place: 3.8.1 Moving Up the Lifter/Mo ving Do wn the Pic kup Roller Shaft (cassette slid i ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 225
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-19 P 2) Moving Up the Lifter When the main po wer is turned on with the cassette set in the machine or the cassette is slid in while the machine is in standby state, the pickup roller shaft mov es do wn to push down the l ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 226
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-20 P 3.8.2 Moving Up the Pickup Roller Shaft and Releasing the Separation Roller Pressure (cassette slid out) When the cassette is slid out of the machine, the pickup roller shaft is mechanically mov ed up and the separat ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 227
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-21 P 2) Releasing the Separation Roller Pressure The le ver 1 is pro vided with a protrusion used to push do wn the separation roller assem- bly . When the cassette is slid out, the le ver 1 rotates causing the separation ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 228
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-22 P If the cassette is full of paper If the cassette is empty of paper Note: The diagram is a view f rom the rear of the copying machine. F05-309-02 Detecting the Le v el of P aper in the Cassette (upper cassette holder) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 229
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-23 P 3.10 Detecting the Presence/Absence of P aper Inside the Cassette When the cassette runs out of paper , the paper detecting lever falls through the detecting hole of the cassette, causing the light-blocking plate lin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 230
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-24 P 4 Identifying the Size of P aper The size of paper inside the cassette may be set using the dial on the cassette. The AB- setting and the Inch-setting are switched over using the switch found ne xt to the dial. 4.1 I ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 231
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-25 P 4.3 P aper Size The width and the length of paper are identified by the dial mounted to the cassette is set. The following diagram sho ws the rotary label attached to the dial, and the following table shows the paper ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 232
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-26 P 4.4 P aper Size List (AB-setting) Combination of states of cassette size detection switches Main scanning Sub scanning Cassette name SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 direction (mm) direction(mm) No cassette OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF - ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 233
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-27 P 5 Multif eeder 5.1 Outline When the paper guide plate mov es up, the paper on the multifeeder tray is b utted against the pickup roller , and the pickup roller and the separation pad make sure that only one sheet of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 234
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-28 P 5.2 Identifying the Size of P aper in the Multif eeder 5.2.1 Detecting the Width of P aper The width of paper is detected by a variable resistor operating in conjunction with the mov ement of the slide guide. The sli ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 235
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-29 P 6 Controlling the Registration Roller 6.1 Outline The re gistration roller is driv en by the re gistration motor (M9) so that the paper and the image on the photosensitiv e drum will match at a specific point. The ti ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 236
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-30 P 7 Doub le-Sided Pr inting 7.1 Through-P ath Operation In this sequence of operations, paper after fixing is fed to the deli very assembly and then to the duplex feeding assembly using the re versing flapper . the mac ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 237
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-31 P 7.2 Outline of Operations For instance, through-path operations tak e place as follo ws when one set of double-sided prints are made of six originals: F05-703-01 1) The 1st sheet is picked up from the cassette. 3) Th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 238
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-32 P F05-703-02 5) The 2nd sheet is switched back in the deli v- ery assembly , and is then sent to the duplex feeding assembly . 7) The 1st sheet is deli vered. The 2nd sheet is in the duplex feeding assembly . 6) The 1s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 239
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-33 P 7.3 Detecting the Horizontal Registration P osition 7.3.1 Outline • In duplex printing, paper coming from the duple x feeding assembly is checked for hori- zontal registration, and the detected displacement in rear ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 240
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-34 P 7.3.2 Operation 1) T iming of Detecting Home Position When the main power switch is turned on, During jam reco very , When the front cover is closed 2) Start Position The detection start position is set at a point ab ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 241
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-35 P 8 Controlling the Pic kup Assembly Motor 8.1 Pickup Assemb ly Motor The pickup assembly motor system consists of six stepping motors of 2-phase magnetic excitation type. Each motor is supplied with po wer by the moto ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 242
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-36 P 9 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and ho w to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the follo wing in mind whenev er you work with the machin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 243
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-37 P 9.1 Pickup Assemb ly 9.1.1 Removing the Pickup Assemb ly 1) Remov e the cassette 1/2. 2) Remov e the multifeeder tray . (p. 5-42P) 3) Remov e the pickup cov er . (p. 5-43P) 4) Remov e the right lower co ver . 5) Fit ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 244
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-38 P 9.1.2 Removing the Pickup/F eeding/Separation Rollers 1) Remove the cassette 1/2. 2) Pick the tab [4] of each, and detach the pickup roller [1], feeding roller [2], and separation roller [3] in the axial direc- tion. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 245
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-39 P 9.1.4 Removing the F rame Lid 1) Remov e the pickup solenoid. (p. 5-38P) 2) Remov e the four scre ws [1], and dis- connect the four connectors [2]. 3) While spreading the two cla ws [3], de- tach the pickup PCB [4]. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 246
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-40 P 9.1.5 Removing the Pickup Motor 1) Remov e the frame lid. (p.5-39P) 2) Remove the tw o scre ws [1], and detach the pickup unit [2]. F05-901-09 3) Remove the tw o scre ws [1], and detach the pickup motor [2]. F05-901- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 247
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-41 P 3) Remov e the grip ring [1], and detach the vertical path clutch [2]. F05-901-12 9.1.7 Removing the Hor izontal Registration Sensor Shift Motor 1) Remov e the pickup assembly . (p. 5- 37P) 2) Disconnect the two conn ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 248
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-42 P 9.1.8 Checking the Image Rear F ront P osition Make copies in Direct, and check to make sure that the margin along the image front is 2.5 ± 1.5 mm for all sheets from all sources of paper . Otherwise, adjust the reg ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 249
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-43 P 1) Remove the cassette. 2) Remov e the two scre ws [1], and detach the horizontal registration base assem- bly [2]. F05-901-16 3) Loosen the scre w [1], and adjust the horizontal registration plate [2]. When making a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 250
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-44 P 9.2 Multif eeder T ra y Assemb ly 9.2.1 Removing the Multifeeder T ray Assemb ly 1) Open the multifeeder tray [1], and re- mov e the follo wing: deli very tray (2 scre ws), right front cover (2 scre ws), right rear c ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 251
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-45 P 9.2.2 Removing the Pickup Cov er 1) Open the pickup cov er [1]. 2) Remov e the member [2] from the rear . 3) Free the cable [4] from the hook [3]. 4) Remov e the pickup cover [1]. F05-902-03 9.2.3 Removing the Multif ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 252
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-46 P 9.2.4 Removing the Separation Pa d 1) Remove the multifeeder tray pickup roller . (p. 5-45P) 2) While butting the end [1] of the pickup cov er in the direction of A, pull the rear of the separation pad ov er [2] in t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 253
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-47 P 9.2.5 Attaching the Timing Belt of the Multif eeder T ra y 1) Butt the two rack plates [1] of the multifeeder tray against both ends (area A). 2) Mov e the slide volume [2] in the direc- tion of B, and attach the tim ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 254
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-48 P [2] [1] [1] 1) Open the multifeeder tray . 2) Loosen the two scre ws [1], and mov e the side guide plate unit [2] back and forth to adjust. F05-902-10 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 255
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-49 P 9.3 F eeding Assembly 9.3.1 Removing the Feeding Assemb ly 1) Remov e the cassette 1/2. 2) Remov e the pickup assembly . (p. 5- 37P) 3) Remov e the deli very co ver . (p. 6-12P) 4) Disconnect the concoctor [1] of the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 256
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-50 P 9.3.2 Mounting the Feeding Assemb ly 1) Fit the hinge [2] of the feeding assem- bly in the hinge hole [3] in the frame (rear) of the host machine. F05-903-04 [1] [3] [2] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 257
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-51 P 9.4 Registration Roller Assemb ly 9.4.1 Removing the Registration Roller 1) Remov e the front inside cov er (6 scre ws). 2) Remov e the controller box unit. (p. 7- 19P) 3) Remov e the two scre ws [1] each (front, rea ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 258
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-52 P 9) Remove the E-ring [1] at the rear , and detach the gear [2] 10) Remo ve the spring [3]. 11) Remove the E-ring [4], and detach the bushing. F05-904-04 12) Remo ve the spring [1] at the front. 13) Remove the E-ring ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 259
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM 5-53 P 16) Remov e the E-ring [1] at the front, and detach the bushing [2]. 17) Remov e the lower re gistr ation roller [3]. F05-904-07 [1] [3] [2] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 260
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 261
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-1 P 1 Outline of Operations 1.1 Outline The fixing system has the follo wing major functions: Item Description Method of fixing SURF method Fixing heater Main heater: flat Sub heater: flat (integrated to main heater) Control tempe ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 262
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-2 P The follo wing diagram sho ws the major components of the fixing system: F06-101-01 M4 Main thermistor signal (M_TH2) Fixing film signal (FILM_ROT_D) DC controller PCB Main power supply PCB Fixing film sensor(PS26) Fixing moto ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 263
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-3 P F06-101-02 Item Notation Description Fixing lower roller Pressure roller Fixing motor M 4 24VDC Main/sub heater H1, H2 230V model: 637 W 120V model: 607 W 100V model: 621 W Main thermistor TH 1 T emperature control, error dete ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 264
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-4 P 2 Fixing Dr iv e System 2.1 Outline The fixing dri ve system in v olves the follo wing control mechanisms: 1. Fixing roller driv e control 2. Fixing film rotation speed detection/control 2.2 Controlling the Fixing Roller Dr iv ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 265
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-5 P 2.3 Controlling the Fixing Film Speed F06-202-02 shows the construction of the control system used for the f ixing film speed; the speed of rotation is controlled according to the changes in the output of the fixing f ilm sens ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 266
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-6 P 3 Controlling the Fixing T emperature 3.1 Outline The fixing temperature is controlled for the follo wing: [1] Fixing heater temperature [2] Thermistor error detection F06-301-01 +5V +5V +5V TH1 TH2 IC334 IC300 Fixing main the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 267
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-7 P 3.2 T emperature Control The machine’ s fixing temperature is controlled using the follo wing means: State Item Description Normal [1] Power -on sequence Used with pre-heating control if the reading of the main thermistor (T ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 268
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-8 P 3.2.1 Fixing T emperature Control The machine is equipped with the following modes to suit the type of paper used: plain paper , thick paper , bond paper, and en velope/postcard (each with a specif ic control table). A start p ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 269
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-9 P 3.3 Detecting Errors The machine checks for the follo wing in relation to its f ixing temperature control mecha- nism: 1. T emperature control error by main thermistor (TH1) 2. T emperature control error by sub thermistor (TH2 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 270
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-10 P E000 The main thermistor (TH1) has poor contact or an open circuit. The thermal switch (TP1) has an open circuit. The main /sub heater has an open circuit. The main po wer supply PCB is faulty . T he DC control PCB is faulty ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 271
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-11 P 4 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and how to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the following in mind whene ver you work with the machine: 1. The p ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 272
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-12 P 4.1 Fixing Assembly 4.1.1 Removing the Deliver y Cover 1) Open the deliv ery co ver [1]. 2) Remove the cable [2]. 3) Shift farther do wn the deli very co v er [1], and disconnect the connector [3]; then, detach the deliv ery ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 273
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-13 P 4.1.3 Removing the Fixing Assembly 1) Remov e the riser guide. (p. 6-12P) 2) Check to see if the feeding assembly is locked in position. 3) Disconnect the three connectors [1]. 4) Remov e the two scre ws [2], and detach the f ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 274
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-14 P 4) Remov e the two springs [1], and open the front of the fixing assembly top [2] to detach. F06-401-07 5) Disconnect that front connector [1] (brown) and the rear connector [2] (black). 6) Disconnect the connector [3], and r ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 275
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-15 P 4) Free the claw [2] of the inlet lo wer guide [1], and slide it to the rear to re- move. T ak e care not to damage the f ix- ing roller . When mounting, av oid pushing it against the fix- ing roller . F06-401-10 5) Lift the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 276
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-16 P 4.1.7 Removing the Cleaning Roller Unit 1) Remove the scre w [1], and detach the outlet guide support plate [2]. 2) Remov e the cleaning roller unit [3]. F06-401-13 4.1.8 Removing the Lower Guide Ribs 1) Remov e the fixing as ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 277
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 FIXING SYSTEM 6-17 P 4.1.9 Removing the Fixing Dr ive Unit 1) Remov e the fixing assembly . (p. 6-13P) 2) Check to see that the feeding assembly is locked in place. 3) Free the claw of the b ushing [1], and slide it to the front. 4) Remov e the l ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 278
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTR OLS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 279
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-1 P 1 Control P anel 1.1 Outline The machine’ s control panel consists of the following PCBs and a touch panel (LCD) with a resolution of 320 × 240 dots. F07-101-01 COPIER>FUNCTION>P ANEL>LCD-CHK Use it to che ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 280
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-2 P 2 F ans 2.1 Arrangement, Functions, and Error Codes The names and functions of and the error codes associated with the machine’ s fans are as follo ws: Notation Name Function 2-speed control Error code (voltage) FM1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 281
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-3 P The arrangement of the fans and the directions of current are as follo ws: F07-201-01 FM1 FM2 FM3 FM4 FM5 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 282
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-4 P 2.2 Operation 2.2.1 2-Speed Control Some of the machine’ s fans are controlled for two speeds (F07-202-01); the v oltage switching PCB of each fan changes its output v oltage to switch between speeds. F07-202-01 2.2 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 283
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-5 P 3 P o wer Supply 3.1 P o wer Supply 3.1.1 Outline The machine’ s power supply is controlled by the DC po wer supply PCB; the PCBs and associated components are shown in T07-301-01, and the distribution of power is s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 284
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-6 P The machine distributes po wer as follo ws: F07-301-01 Leakage breaker Switch PCB SW1 SW2 Arrestor ground Arrestor PCB (100V) Cassette heater Mirror heater Lens heater Filter assembly Main heater Sub heater RL1 Triac ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 285
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-7 P 3.1.2 P ow er Outputs The machine’ s power outputs are controlled by the main po wer switch (SW1) and the control panel power switch (SW826), or signals from the printer board. The follo wing table shows the state o ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 286
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-8 P 3.2 Rated Outputs of the Main P ow er Supply PCB Output 24VU1 24VU1-SW 24VU2 24VU3 Connector No. J200-1 J202-1 J203-2 J204-1 J203-1 J202-3 J204-3 J202-5 J204-7 J200-3 *1 J204-8 J204-9 J206-2 Output voltage ± 5 % *2 t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 287
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-9 P 3.4 Rated Outputs of the Accessories P ower Supply PCB Output 24V A1 24V A2 Connector No. J703-2 J702-1 J704-6 J702-4 Output voltage tolerance +7%, -5% Rated output voltage 24V Rated output current 5.5A Overcurrent pr ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 288
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-10 P 3.5 Protectiv e Functions The machine’ s each power supply PCB is equipped with an ov ercurrent protection circuit designed to cut off the output of each po wer supply when they go ON. While the signals RMT1 and RM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 289
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-11 P 4 Others 4.1 Silent Mode In silent mode, the driv e of the laser scanner motor during standby is stopped for a spe- cific period of time* after the start of standby to reduce the machine’ s operating noise. *The le ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 290
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-12 P 5 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and ho w to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the follo wing in mind whenev er you work with the machin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 291
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-13 P 5.1 Exter nal Cov ers Remov e the cove rs as needed when cleaning, checking, or repairing the inside of the machine. REF . Those cov ers that can be de- tached by mere remov al of mounting scre ws are left out of the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 292
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-14 P 5.1.1 Removing the F ront Cov er 1) Open the front cov er [1], and shift up the L-shaped pin [2] with your finger . 2) Shift the L-shaped pin [2] to the right to detach the front cov er [1]. F07-501-02 5.1.2 Removing ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 293
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-15 P 5.1.3 Removing the Suppor t Cov er 1) Remov e the support cov er . (1 screw) 2) Remov e the left rear cover . 3) Open the front cov er . 4) Remov e the screw [1], and detach the support cov er [2]. T ak e care not to ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 294
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-16 P 5.2 Control P anel 5.2.1 Removing the Control P anel 1) Remo ve the support co ver . (p. 7-15P) 2) Remove the reader front co v er . (2 scre ws) (See the descriptions on the reader unit.) 3) Remove the tw o scre ws [ ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 295
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-17 P 5.3 PCBs 5.3.1 Removing the DC Controller PCB 1) Remov e the rear cov er . (7 screws) 2) Remov e the fi ve screws [1], and detach the connector guard plate [2]. 3) Disconnect all the connectors of the harness. 4) Rem ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 296
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-18 P 5.3.4 Removing the HDD When removing the HDD, take full care against static charges. Also, do not subject the HDD to impact. 1) Remove the rear co ve r . (7 screws) 2) Disconnect the connector [1]. 3) Remove the four ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 297
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-19 P 5.3.5 Removing the HDD Unit When removing the HDD unit, take full care against static elec- tricity . Do not subject the HDD unit to impact. 1) Remov e the rear cov er . (7 screws) 2) Remov e the rear right cov er . ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 298
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-20 P 5.3.7 Removing the Reader Controller PCB 1) Remove the rear co ve r . (7 screws) 2) Remov e the HDD unit. (p. 7-19P) 3) Disconnect all the connectors of the harness. 4) Remov e the six scre ws [1]. 5) Disconnect the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 299
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-21 P 5.3.10 When Replacing the Main Controller PCB “T roubleshooting”>Chapter 4 “Troubleshooting Image F aults/Malfunctions” >6.7 “V ari- able Resistors (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes, and Check Pins by PCB? ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 300
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 EXTERNALS AND CONTROLS 7-22 P 5.3.13 Removing the Main P ower Supply 1) Remove the accessories po wer supply . (See item 5.3.12.) 2) Disconnect all the connectors. 3) Disconnect the connector [1] to the composite power supply . 4) Remove the four ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 301
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 302
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-1 P 1.1 Pickup 1.1.1 Outline The paper deck (hereafter , “deck”) is capable of accommodating as many as 2500 sheets (A4/L TR, B5; 80 g/m2 paper) at a time, and is designed to oper ate in response to control signals from the D ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 303
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-2 P F08-101-01 PS1D PS6D CL2D M1D SL1D DC controller PCB (host machine) Deck driver PCB Deck f eed detection signal (P_OUT_SENS) Deck pic kup clutch drive signal (FEED_CL_ON*) Deck pic kup roller releasing solenoid drive signal ( ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 304
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-3 P 1.1.3 Sequence of Pickup Operations (deck) F08-101-02 INTR LSTR STBY Start key ON Deck main motor (M1D) Deck pickup clutch (CL2D) Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid (SL1D) Deck pickup sensor (PS6D) Deck feed sensor (PS1D) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 305
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-4 P 1.2 Detecting P aper in the Deck 1.2.1 Detecting the Presence/Absence of Paper The presence/absence of paper inside the deck is detected by the deck paper absence sen- sor [1] (PS2D). When the paper [3] placed on the lifter [ ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 306
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-5 P 1.2.3 Detecting the Lev el of P aper in the Deck The deck uses the deck paper supply position sensor (PS8D), deck paper le vel sensor (PS7D), and deck paper absent sensor (PS2D) to find out ho w much paper remains inside its ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 307
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-6 P 1.3 Deck Lifter 1.3.1 Detecting the Presence/Absence of Paper The lifter of the deck is connected to a reel by means of a cable, and is driv en by the deck lifter motor (M2D), whose direction of rotation changes the direction ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 308
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-7 P M2D M1D [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [9] Deck lifter motor [10] Pickup roller [11] Feeding roller [12] Separation roller [13] Deck lifter cable [14] Lifter [15] Copy paper [1] Deck lifter ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 309
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-8 P 1.3.2 Indicating the Lev el of P aper (deck front cov er) The dri ve of the deck lifter motor [1] (M2D) is recei ved by a coupling [2], and is for - warded to the ra ck [4] by way of the dri ve belt [3]. The rack is equipped ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 310
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-9 P 1.4 Opening/Closing of the Compar tment 1.4.1 Opening/Closing of the Compar tment When the deck open switch (SW100D) is pushed, the deck open solenoid (SL2D) goes ON, and the compartment is released; as a result, the compartm ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 311
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-10 P 1.4.2 Sequence of Operations (opening/closing of the compar tment) F08-104-02 ON Flashing Flashing Compartment open OFF Deck open switch ON Deck open indicator (LED100D) Deck lifter motor (M2D) Deck paper supply position sen ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 312
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-11 P 1.5 Controlling the Dec k Motor 1.5.1 Controlling the Deck Main Motor (M1D) The deck main motor (M1D) is a stepping motor , and is controlled by the DC controller of the host machine. The follo wing figure sho ws the circuit ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 313
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-12 P 1.5.2 Controlling the Deck Lifter Motor (M2D) The deck lifter motor control circuit is found on the side deck driv er PCB. F08-105-02 is a block diagram of the PCB. The combination circuit found in the figure consists of v a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 314
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-13 P M2D Host machine DC controller PCB Combina- tion circuit Motor drive circuit 24V 24V 24V Deck lifter motor Side deck driver PCB Deck open detecting switch (SW1D) Deck lifter position sensor PS4D Deck lifter position detectio ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 315
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-14 P 2 Detecting Jams 2.1 Outline The paper deck is equipped with two sensors (F08-201-01) to monitor the mov ement of paper . A jam is identified in relation to the signals from the sensors at such times as pro- grammed in the D ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 316
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-15 P The DC controller of the host machine will identify a jam in response to the follo wing condition: 1. Paper e xits ov er the deck feed sensor (PS6D) while the machine is in wait-up state or standby state when the power switc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 317
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-16 P 3 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and ho w to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the follo wing in mind whenev er you work with the machine: 1. Th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 318
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-17 P 3.1 Exter nal Cov ers [1] Deck releasing grip [2] Front upper cover [3] Compartment open/closed switch [4] Front cover [5] Right cover [6] Upper cover [7] Rear co ver F08-301-01 3.1.1 Sliding Out the Compar tment 1) Push the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 319
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-18 P 3.1.2 Removing the F ront Cov er 1) Sliding out the compartment. (p. 8-17P) 2) Loosen the four screws [1], and shift the front cov er [2] to detach it to the front. F08-301-03 When mounting the front cov er , be sure to matc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 320
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-19 P Be sure to mount the front cov er so that gap A between the front cov er [1] and the front upper cov er [2] is 3 ±1 mm. F08-301-05 If you operate the deck without matching the position of the pa- per lev el indicator and th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 321
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-20 P Moving the Dec k Lifter 1) Sliding out the compartment. (p. 8-17P) 2) If paper is found, remov e all of it. 3) Connect the power plug, and turn on the power switch of the host machine. 4) Push the flag [2] of the paper suppl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 322
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-21 P 3.1.4 Removing the Right Cov er 1) Sliding out the compartment. (p. 8-17P) 2) Remov e the three scre ws [1], and shift the right cov er [2] do wn, and then de- tach it to the front. F08-301-08 3.1.5 Removing the F ront Upper ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 323
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-22 P 3.1.6 Removing the Upper Cove r 1) Remov e the rear cov er . (p. 8-20P) 2) Sliding out the compartment. (p. 8-17P) 3) Remov e the front upper cov er . (p. 8- 21P) 4) Remove the tw o scre ws [1], and detach the upper cov er [ ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 324
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-23 P 3.2 P aper Deck Body 3.2.1 Removing the Deck from the Host Machine 1) T o pre vent deformation of the roller support plate [1], lay copy paper [3] (A: about 8 cm) or the like on the floor on which to place the deck [2]. F08- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 325
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-24 P 4) Remov e the two scre ws [1] on the left, and detach the deck [2] from the deck base [3]. F08-302-02-B 5) Holding the deck [1] by the areas indi- cated, mov e and place the deck on the block of paper prepared pre viously ( ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 326
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-25 P 3.2.2 Removing the Compar tment 1) T o pre vent deformation of the roller support plate [1], lay copy paper [3] (A: about 8 cm) or the like on the floor on which to place the deck [2]. F08-302-04 2) Sliding out the compartme ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 327
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-26 P 5) Remov e the scre w [1] at the left of the deck, and remove the stopper plate [2]; then, slide out the compartment [2] to the front. F08-302-06 6) Remove the three scre ws [2] each from the left and the right of the compar ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 328
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-27 P 3.2.3 Changing the Deck P aper Size If the deck paper size must be changed to suit the needs of the user , perform the f ol- lo wing: 1) Remov e the front cov er . (p. 8-18P) 2) If the lifter is up, mov e it to its lo wer li ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 329
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-28 P 3.2.5 Checking the Image Rear F ront P osition Make copies from the Paper Deck in Di- rect, and check to make sure that the margin along the image front is 2.5 ± 1.5 mm. Oth- erwise, adjust the registration. (See item 3.2.6 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 330
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-29 P 3.2.7 Adjusting the Registration for the Dec k If you must adjust the left/right registra- tion (standard: 0 ±1.5 mm), perform the fol- lo wing: 1) Sliding out the compartment. (p. 8-17P) 2) Using the two scre ws [2], chang ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 331
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-30 P 3.3 Dr ive System 3.3.1 Removing the Deck Pickup Clutch (CL2D) 1) Remov e the deck pickup unit. (p. 8- 37P) 2) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- mov e the E-ring [2]; then, detach the deck pickup clutch [3]. When mountin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 332
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-31 P 3.3.3 Removing the Deck Main Motor (M1D) 1) Remov e the rear cov er . (p. 8-20P) 2) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- mov e the two scre ws [2] : then, detach the deck main motor [3]. At this time, take care not to damag ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 333
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-32 P 4) Remove the compartment. (p. 8-25P) 5) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- mov e the fi ve screws [2]; then, detach the deck lifter motor unit [3]. F08-303-04 3.3.5 Removing the Lifter Cable (dec k front) 1) Sliding out ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 334
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-33 P 6) Remov e the front cov er of the deck. (p. 8-18P) 7) Remov e the four scre ws [1], and detach the roller support plate [2]. F08-303-06 8) Remov e the coupling shaft [1] and the E-ring [2]; then, detach the pulley co ver [3 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 335
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-34 P 3.3.6 Removing the Lifter Cable (dec k rear) • Perform steps 1) through 3) under 3.3.5 “Removing the Lifter Cable (deck front). ” (p. 8-32P) 4) Remove the compartment. (p. 8-25P) 5) Remove the scre w [1] (1 each), and ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 336
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-35 P 9) Fit a wrench [2] into the home of the lifter driv e shaft [1] to fix it in place (against rotation). If you fail to f ix the lifter driv e shaft in place, the lifter cable will become slack when the lifter motor unit is r ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 337
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-36 P 3.3.7 Routing the Lifter Cable 1) Check to make sure that the lifter dri ve shaft [1] and the lifter [2] are k ept in place by means of a hex wrench [3] and two long scre wdrivers [4]. 2) Fix the four cable fixing plates [5] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 338
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-37 P 3.4 F eeding Mechanism 3.4.1 Removing the Deck Pic kup Unit 1) Remov e the upper cov er . (p. 8-22P) 2) Remov e the deck releasing grip [1]. 3) Disconnect the two connectors [2], and remov e the fi ve screws [3]; then, detac ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 339
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-38 P 3.4.3 Mounting the Deck Pickup Roller Body Front (collar: silver -colored) When mounting the deck pickup roller [2] to the front of the machine, be sure that the marking [4] on the collar [3] is tow ard the front of the mach ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 340
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-39 P 3.4.5 Or ientation of the Deck Pic kup/F eeding Roller When mounting the deck pickup/feeding roller [1], be sure that the belt pulley [2] is tow ard the front of the machine. The pickup/feeding roller rubber , on the other h ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 341
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-40 P The urethane sponge used on the deck separation roller is pink upon foaming, and changes ov er time to orange and then yellow , acceler ating the rate of change if exposed to light. This is a general characteristic of uretha ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 342
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-41 P 3.4.8 P osition of the Dec k Pic kup Roller Releasing Solenoid (SL1D) Before detaching the deck pickup roller releasing solenoid [1] from the support plate, keep note of the position of the sole- noid with reference to the t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 343
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 8 P APER DECK-L1 8-42 P 3.5 Electr ical Mechanisms 3.5.1 Removing the Deck Drive PCB 1) Remov e the rear cov er . (p. 8-20P) 2) Disconnect the sev en connectors [1], and remov e the four scre ws [2]; then, detach the deck driv er PCB [3]. F08-305-0 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 344
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 345
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-1 P 1 Outline 1.1 Specifications and Construction T09-101-01 shows the major functions and the construction of the Cassette Feeding unit- W1: Item Description Remarks Storage of paper Front loading Method of pickup Ret ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 346
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-2 P 1.2 Arrangement of Rollers F09-102-01 The follo wing rollers are used to mov e paper inside the machine: Notation Name [1] Pickup roller [2] Feeding roller [3] Separation roller [4] Pull-off roller [5] V ertical pa ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 347
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-3 P 1.3 Arrangement of Motors, Clutches , and Solenoids F09-103-01 The follo wing motors, clutch, and solenoid are used to mo ve paper inside the machine: Notation Name M1 C Pedestal main motor M2 C Cassette pickup mot ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 348
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-4 P 1.4 Arrangement of Sensors F09-104-01 The follo wing sensors are used to monitor the movement of paper: Notation Name Delay jam Stationary jam Stationary jam at power -on Q1604 Cassette 3 paper sensor N o No No Q16 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 349
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-5 P 2 Detecting J ams 2.1 Sequence of Jam Detection 2.1.1 Delay Jams See the descriptions under “Pickup/Feeding System” in Chapter 5. 2.1.2 Stationar y Jams See the descriptions under “Pickup/Feeding System” in ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 350
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-6 P 3 Pickup Assemb ly 3.1 Pic kup Control System F09-301-01 M2C M1C CL1C [8] SL1C [2] [4] [3] [2] [4] [5] [5] [3] [7] [6] [9] [1] Notation Name [1] Gear [2] Pickup roller [3] Feeding roller [4] Separation roller [5] L ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 351
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-7 P 3.2 Outline See the descriptions under “Pickup/Feeding System” in Chapter 5. 3.3 Sequence of Operations (pic kup) See the descriptions under “Pickup/Feeding System” in Chapter 5. 3.4 Operation of the Casset ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 352
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-8 P 4 Identifying the Size of P aper 4.1 Identifying the Size See the descriptions under “Pickup/Feeding System” in Chapter 5. 4.2 AB/Inch-Setting Switch See the descriptions under “Pickup/Feeding System” in Ch ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 353
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-9 P 5 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and how to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the following in mind whene ver you work with the machin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 354
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-10 P 5.1 Exter nal Covers F09-501-01 [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [1] Cassette 3 [2] Cassette 3 [3] Pickup cover [4] Right cover (2 scre ws) [5] Rear cover (2 scre ws) [6] Left cover ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 355
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-11 P 5.1.1 Removing the Pickup Cov er 1) Open the pickup cov er [1]. 2) Open the vertical path assembly [2], and disconnect the connector [3]. F09-501-02 3) W ith the vertical path assembly [1] open, shift the rear sup ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 356
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-12 P 5.2 Pickup Assemb ly 5.2.1 Removing the Pickup Assembly 1) Remove the cassette 3/4. 2) Remov e the pickup cov er . (p. 9-11P) 3) Remove the rear co ver of the host ma- chine. (7 scre ws; p. 7-13P) 4) Remov e the r ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 357
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-13 P 5.2.2 Removing the Pickup/F eeding/Separation Roller See “Pickup/Feeding System” in Chapter 5-9.1.2. 5.2.3 Removing the Pickup Soleroid See “Pickup/Feeding System” in Chapter 5-9.1.3. 5.2.4 Removing the F ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 358
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-14 P 5.3 PCBs 5.3.1 Removing the Cassette Size Detection Unit 1) Remove the cassette 3/4. 2) Fit a flat-blade scre wdriv er [2] into the opening in the inner cov er [1], and free the two claws [3] to detach. F09-503-01 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 359
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-15 P 5.3.2 Removing the P edestal Controller PCB 1) Disconnect the lattice connector from the host machine. 2) Remov e the rear ove r . (2 screws) 3) Disconnect all the connectors. 4) Release the locking support [1]. 5 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 360
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-16 P 5.4 Dr ive Mechanisms 5.4.1 Removing the Main Motor Dr ive Unit 1) Disconnect the lattice connector from the host machine. 2) Remov e the pickup assembly . (p. 9- 12P) 3) Remove the rear co ve r . (2 screws) 4) Re ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 361
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 9 CASSETTE FEEDING UNIT -W1 9-17 P 5.4.3 Mounting the P edestal Main Motor 1) When mounting the pedestal main mo- tor , be sure to tighten the screws in the order indicated in the figure: (1) through (4). F09-504-03 (1) (4) (2) (3) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 362
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 363
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-1 P 1 Specifications 1.1 T ype Item Description Number of bins 3 in total 1 bin (No. 2 deliv ery slot) Deliv ery tray inside host machine External (No. 3 deliv ery slot; option) Method of stacking Face-down T ype of pa ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 364
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-2 P 1.2 Cross Section F10-102-01 [2] [5] [3] [6] [4] [1] [1] No. 3 deliv ery roller [2] No. 3 delive ry flapper [3] No. 2 deliv ery roller [4] T ray B [5] No. 2 deliv ery inlet roller [6] No. 2 deliv er inlet flapper ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 365
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-3 P 2 Outline 2.1 Arrangement of Rollers and Sensors F10-201-01 M8 M7 PS24B No . 1 delivery slot No . 2 delivery slot SL4 M7: 2-way deliv ery inlet motor M8: 2-way deliv ery outlet motor SL4: 2-way deliv ery solenoid P ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 366
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-4 P 2.2 Deliv er y to the No . 2 Delive r y Slot Sheets are sent to the No. 2 deliv ery slot as follo ws: 1) A sheet arriv es from the host machine’ s deliv ery assembly . A specific period of time after the leading ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 367
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-5 P 2.3 Deliv er y to the No . 3 Deliv er y Slot Sheets are sent to the No. 3 deliv ery slot as follo ws: 1) A sheet arriv es from the host machine’ s deliv ery assembly . A specific period of time after the leading ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 368
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-6 P 3) When the trailing edge of the sheet reaches a specif ic point in front of the No. 2 deliv ery roller , the 2-way deliv ery outlet motor stops to rotate. F10-203-03 4) A specific period of time after it stops to ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 369
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-7 P 2.4 Detecting Jams 2.4.1 Arrangement of Sensors The follo wing sho ws the sensor used to detect jams in the Inner 2-W ay-A1. F10-204-01 PS21B PS19B PS13 PS19B: No. 2 delivery sensor PS21B: No. 3 delivery sensor PS2 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 370
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-8 P 2.4.2 Delay Ja m The time it takes for a sheet to mov e from the sensor N-1 to the delay jam sensor N is monitored with reference to the clock pulses from the main motor . A delay jam is identified if the leading e ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 371
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-9 P 2.4.3 Stationar y Ja m A stationary jam will be identified if a specif ic sensor remains ON for a specific period of time. Notation Name Stationary jam PS19B No. 2 delivery sensor Y es PS20B No. 3 delivery sensor Y ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 372
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-10 P 3 Disassembly and Assemb ly The discussions that follow co ver the machine’ s mechanical characteristics and ho w to disassemble/assemble the machine. Ke ep the follo wing in mind whenev er you work with the mac ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 373
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-11 P 3.1 Exter nal Cov ers F10-301-01 [1] Inner 2-way deli very unit (2 scre ws) [2] Inside delive ry tray [3] Connector cover (1 scre w) 3.1.1 Removing the Inner 2-W a y Deliver y Unit 1) Remov e the inside deliv ery ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 374
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-12 P 3) Remove the scre w [1], and detach the connector cov er [2]. F10-201-03 4) Disconnect the two connectors [1]. F10-201-04 5) Close the inner 2-way deli ve ry unit [1]. F10-201-05 [2] [1] [1] [1] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 375
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-13 P 6) Remov e the screw [1] and the stepped scre w [2] from inside. F10-201-06 7) Remov e the screw [1] and the stepped scre w [2] from outside. F10-201-07 [1] [2] [1] [2] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 376
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 10 INNER 2 W A Y TRA Y -A1 10-14 P 8) Remo ve the rib [2] from the stay [1] of the host machine, and remov e the inner 2-way deli ve ry unit [3]. F10-201-08 [3] [2] [1] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 377
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT A CHMENT -B1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 378
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-1 P 1 En v elope F eeder Attachment-B1 1.1 Outline The En velope Feeder Attachment-B1 (hereafter , en velope feeder) is designed to be in- stalled to the cassette 1 of the host machine for feeding of en velope ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 379
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-2 P 1.2 Specifications 1.2.1 Env elope Cassette Item Description Remarks Method of pickup Front loading Reference of paper mo vement Center Switching of size In user mode By user . By cassette side plate By us ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 380
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-3 P 1.2.2 Env elopes The en velope feeder is designed to accommodate en velopes of the follo wing specifica- tions: T ype Shorter side (X) × longer side (Y) Recommendation COM10 104.7 × 241.3 (mm) Mailwell N ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 381
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-4 P 1.2.3 Guaranteed Image Area The guaranteed image area is 10 mm or more from each edge of the en velope; if triple- layered because of the flap, within 5 mm or more. The figures sho w the guar antee image a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 382
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-5 P 1.3 Pickup 1.3.1 Pickup Operations In place of the cassette lifter operation of the host machine, the en v elope cassette uses the force of a spring to keep the stack at a specif ic le vel; other opera tio ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 383
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-6 P 2 Detecting Jams 2.1 Outline There are no specific types of jams that are unique to the en velope feeder , and jams ar e detected as by the jam detection mechanism of the host machine. 3 Error Codes 3.1 Ou ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 384
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-7 P 5 Making Adjustments 5.1 Outline If you want to use en velopes with a different conf iguration in the en velope feeder , you need to replace the spring to suit the ne w en velope. The spring may be painted ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 385
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-8 P 3) Thread the edge of the spring [1] that comes as an attachment so as to fit it through the catch 1 [2] and then the catch 2 [3]. 4) Holding the bottom (1st and 2nd loops) of the spring, fit it through th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 386
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 11 ENVELOPE FEEDER A TT ACHMENT -B1 11-9 P Mounting Hole by Side Guide Plate (front) (The side guide rear is symmetrically opposite.) F11-503-02 2) Register the specif ications of the env e- lope using ‘register en velope’ of fered as part of c ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 387
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 T R OUBLESHOO TING ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 388
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS T1 Contents CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION CHAPTER 2 IMA GE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PROCEDURE 1 Periodically Replaced Pa rts ........... 1-1T 1.1 Reader Unit ............................. 1-1T 1.2 Printer Unit ............................. 1-1T 1.3 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 389
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS T2 CHAPTER 4 TR OUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/ MALFUNCTIONS 1 Making Initial Checks ................... 4-1T 1. 1 Checking the Site of Installation ................................................ 4-1T 1.2 Checking the Originals ........... 4-1T ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 390
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS T3 3. 6 The copy is foggy (entire face) .............................................. 4-13T 3.7 The copy is foggy (vertical) .. 4-14T 3.8 The copy has a black line (vertical, fuzzy , thick) .......................... 4-14T 3.9 The copy has a blac ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 391
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS T4 1 Outline of Service Mode ............... 5-1T 1.1 Outline .................................... 5-1T 1.2 Starting Service Mode and Making Selections ................................ 5-2T 1.3 Ending Service Mode ............. 5-3T 1.4 Backing Up ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 392
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CONTENTS T5 1 Self Diagnosis ............................... 6-1T 1.1 Detail Codes (copier) .............. 6-3T 1.2 ADF Error Codes .................. 6-37T 1.3 Saddle Finisher-G1 Error Codes .............................................. 6-38T 1.3.1 Error ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 393
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 394
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-1 T 1 P eriodically Replaced P ar ts Some of the parts used in the machine must be replaced on a periodical basis to ensure a specific le vel of product performance; be sure to replace them as indicated, as they will ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 395
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-2 T 2 Consumables and Dur ab les Some parts of the machine may require replacement over the period of product wa rranty because of wear or damage. Replace them as needed. 2.1 Checking the Time of Replacement Use servi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 396
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-3 T 2.4 Side P aper Deck As of March 2001 No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks 1 Pickup roller (front) FF5-7830 1 240,000 Actual prints made 2 Pickup roller (rear) FF5-7829 1 240,000 Actual prints made ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 397
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-4 T 3 P eriodical Ser vicing Procedure 1. As a rule, provide periodical servicing ev ery 120,000 prints. 2. Before setting out on a scheduled visit, check the Service Book, and take any parts that may require replacem ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 398
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-5 T 6. Feeding System Clean the following: (1) feeding assembly base, (2) f ixing inlet guide (upper, lo wer), (3) transfer guide, (4) pre-registra tion assembly (paper lint). 7. Image Form ation System Clean the foll ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 399
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-6 T 4 Scheduled Ser vicing Char t Do not use solvents or oils not indicated herein. 4.1 Reader Unit : Clean : Replace ×: Lubricate : Adjust : Inspect T01-401-01 Par t Scanner cable Scanner rail Copyboard glass No. 1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 400
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-7 T 4.2 Printer Unit : Clean : Replace ×: Lubricate : Adjust : Inspect Par t Folding mirror Feeding assembly base Fixing inlet guide, up- per/lower Pre-registration (paper lint) T ransfer guide Dev eloping member Bas ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 401
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-8 T 5 P oints to Note f or Scheduled Ser vicing Unless otherwise indicated, use lint-free paper and alcohol. • If you used solvent, check to make sure that the solv ent has dried be- fore mounting the component back ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 402
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 1-9 T 6 Cleaning the Bottom of the De veloping Assemb ly If the bottom of the dev eloping assembly is not c leaned thoroughly , the residual toner can soil the back and the leading edge or left/right edges of prints. If ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 403
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 2 IMA GE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PR OCEDURE ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 404
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 2-1 T CHAPTER 2 IMA GE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PROCEDURE Execute the f ollowing in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ. Check/clean the f ollowing: [1] Mirrors [2] Lens [3] Standard white plate [4] Copyboard glass [5] Scanning lamp [6] Reflecting p ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 405
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 2-2 T CHAPTER 2 IMA GE ADJUSTMENT BASIC PROCEDURE YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Is there a vertical line in the image? YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES Is there a vertical line in the image? Is there ea vertical line in the image? Is the setting of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 406
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 407
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-1 T 1 Image Adjustments 1.1 Standards of Image P osition The image margin/non-image width of a print made in Direct must be as follo ws: F03-101-01 Image Leading Edge Margin F03-101-02 Left/Right Image Margin F03-101 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 408
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-2 T 1.2 Checking the Image P osition Make prints using the follo wing as the source of paper (10 prints each), and check to see that the image margin and the non-image width are as indicated: • Each cassette • Man ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 409
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-3 T 1.3 Adjusting Left/Right lamge Margin 1.3.1 Adjusting the Registration for the Cassette Rear F ront T ry the follo wing service mode first; if not corrected, perform the adjustments that follow: FUNCTION>CI-AD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 410
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-4 T 1.3.2 Adjusting the Registration for the Multif eeder Rear Front T ry the follo wing service mode first; if not corrected, perform the adjustments that follow: COPIER>FUNCTION>MF- ADJ 1) Open the multifeeder ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 411
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-5 T 1.3.4 Duplex F eeding Unit 1) Adjust the image margin as indicated using service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>Feed- ADJ>ADJ-REFE. 1.4 Adjusting the Image Leading Edge Margin 1) Adjust the image margin in service ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 412
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-6 T 1.6 Adjusting the Leading Edge Non-Image Width 1) Adjust the non-image width in service mode so that it is as indicated: COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>ADJ-X. F03-106-01 2 Scanning System 2.1 After Replacing the Sc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 413
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-7 T 2.2 Mounting the Motor Unit 1) Engage the pulley [2] of the motor unit [1] with the belt [3]. 2) Using two scre ws [4], mount the motor unit [1] temporarily . 3) Fit the spring [5] to apply tension to the belt [3 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 414
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-8 T 2.3 Routing the Scanner Dr iv e Cable Route the scanner cable as follows to the pulle ys and the hook mirror base: 1) Loosen the scre w on the cable fixing plate. 2) Put the ball of the cable into the hole in the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 415
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-9 T 2.4 Adjusting the P osition of the No . 1/No . 2 Mirror Base 1) Set the pins of the mirror positioning tool as indicated: • F or the F ront (F marking) (initial; FY9-3009) (set for the machine) F03-204-01 • F ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 416
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-10 T 2) Fit the pins of the mirror positioning tool (front [2], rear [3]) into the holes [1] of the rail and the No. 1/No. 2 mir- ror base. The No. 2 mirror base is ad- justed in keeping with the back-and- froth mov e ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 417
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-11 T 2.5 Mounting the Cop yboard Glass F03-205-01 • When mounting the copyboard glass, b utt the copyboard glass [1] against the vertical/horizontal size plate [2]. If not done prop- erly , the shadow of the size p ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 418
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-12 T 2.6 Mounting the Reader Upper F rame 1) Fit the eight claws [2] of the reader frame [1] (circled) into the cut-of fs [4] in the reader upper frame [3]; take care so that the engagement is secure. 2) Fit the eight ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 419
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-13 T 3 Image F or mation System 3.1 P ositioning the De veloping Assemb ly Magnetic Seal 1) The front magnetic seal [1] and the rear magnetic seal [2] must be b utted against the opening [3] (stop reference) when the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 420
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-14 T 3.3 Removing the P aper Lint 1) Open the front cov er . 2) Remove the paper lint cleaning co ve r [1] by inserting a flat-blade screwdri ver . F03-303-01 3) Slide out the paper lint cleaning lev er [1], and mov e ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 421
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-15 T 3.4 Cleaning the W aste T oner Case 1) Remov e the screw [1], and detach the waste toner case co ver [2]. 2) T ak e out the waste toner case [3]. F03-304-01 3) Dispose of the waste toner collecting inside the wa ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 422
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-16 T 4 Fixing System 4.1 Mounting the Locking Cam Unit 1) Check to see if the feeding assembly is locked in place. 2) Match the arro w of the gear of the lock- ing cam unit [1] against the middle of the gear [3] of th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 423
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-17 T 5 P aper Dec k 5.1 Mounting the F ront Cov er 1) When mounting the front cov er , be sure to match it against the coupling [1] of the paper lev el indicator . F03-501-01 2) Be sure to mount the front cov er so t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 424
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-18 T 5.2 Adjusting the P aper Lev el Indicator 1) Mov e the driv e belt [2] of the paper lev el indicator behind the front cov er [1] by hand so that the white area inside the window [3] increases, i.e., in the di- re ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 425
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-19 T 5.4 Mounting the Dec k Pickup Roller Body Front (collar: silver -colored) When mounting the deck pickup roller [2] to the front of the machine, be sure that the marking [4] on the collar [3] is tow ar d the fron ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 426
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-20 T 5.6 Or ientation of the Deck Pic kup/Feeding Roller When mounting the deck pickup/feeding roller [1], be sure that the belt pulley [2] is tow ard the front of the machine. The pickup/feeding roller rubber , on th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 427
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-21 T 5.8 P osition of the Deck Pic kup Roller Releasing Solenoid (SL1D) Before detaching the deck pickup roller releasing solenoid [1] from the support plate, keep note of the position of the sole- noid with referenc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 428
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-22 T 5.9 Adjusting the Height of the Side Member 5.9.1 Bef ore Making Adjustments 1) Disconnect the machine from its host machine, and then connect it once gain, thereby finding out whether the impact of connection ca ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 429
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-23 T 6 Cassette F eeding Unit-W1 6.1 Mounting the P edestal Main Motor 1) When mounting the pedestal main mo- tor , be sure to tighten the screws in the order indicated in the figure: (1) through (4). F03-601-01 (1) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 430
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-24 T 7 En v elope F eeder Attachment 7.1 En v elopes and T ype of Spr ing • Use the green-painted spring for COM10, Monarch, DL, and Y OUKEI 4. • Use the red-painted spring for C5 and B5. 7.2 Replacing the Spr ing ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 431
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST AND ARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-25 T 3) Thread the edge of the spring [1] that comes as an attachment so as to fit it through the catch 1 [2] and then the catch 2 [3]. 4) Holding the bottom (1st and 2nd loops) of the spring, fit it through the catc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 432
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 3 ST ANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3-26 T Mounting Hole by Side Guide Plate (front) (The side guide rear is symmetrically opposite.) F03-703-02 2) Register the specif ications of the en ve- lope using ‘register en velope’ of fered as part of common s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 433
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TR OUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/ MALFUNCTIONS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 434
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-1 T 1 Making Initial Chec ks 1.1 Checking the Site of Installation 1. There must be a source of power rated as indicated (rated v oltage ± 10%). The source must be exclusi vely of the machine, and ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 435
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-2 T 1.4 Charging Roller and Static Eliminator 1. Check the transfer charging roller and the separation static eliminator for dirt and a fault (damage). 2. Check to make sure that the transfer charg ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 436
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-3 T 1.9 Others In winter , bringing a machine from a cold to warm place can cause condensation inside the machine, causing various problems. Memo 1. Condensation in the optical system (glass, mirro ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 437
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-4 T Blank Page ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 438
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 4-6 T CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 2 Samples of Image F aults ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 439
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-7 T 3 T roubleshooting Image F aults 3.1 The copy is too light (halftone area only). 1) Perform the Image Adjustment Basic Procedure. Is the problem cor- rected? Check to make sure that the placeme ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 440
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-8 T 3.2 The cop y is too light (including solid b lac k). 1) Perform the Image Adjustment Basic Procedure. Is the problem cor- rected? Check to make sure that the placement of the pattern print whe ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 441
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-9 T T r ansfer guide, High-voltage cord, Composite po wer supply PCB, DC controller PCB (transfer faulty) 8) Is there foreign matter in the transfer guide assembly or the transfer charging roller a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 442
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-10 T 3.3 The cop y is too light (entire f ace, considerab le). 1) Perform the Image adjustment Basic Procedure. Is the problem cor- rected? Check to make user that the placement of the pattern prin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 443
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-11 T T r ansfer guide 9) Is there foreign matter in the transfer guide assembly or the transfer charging roller assembly , and is there electrical leakage ? YES: Remove the foreign matter . Paper 1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 444
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-12 T 3.4 The cop y has une v en density (dar ker at front). 3.5 The cop y has une ven density (lighter at front). De veloping assembly 1) Are the dev eloping block members of the de veloping assemb ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 445
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-13 T 3.6 The cop y is f oggy (entire face). Scanner 1) Clean the scanning lamp, reflecting plate, mirrors, and lenses. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. 2) Perform the Image Adjustment Basic Proc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 446
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-14 T 3.7 The cop y is f oggy (ver tical). 3.8 The cop y has a b lac k line (v er tical, fuzzy , thick). Primary charging roller 1) Clean the charging roller in user mode. Is the problem corrected? ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 447
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-15 T 3.9 The cop y has a b lac k line (v er tical, fine). Exposure system 1) Generate a halftone test print in service mode. Enter ‘5’ to COPIER>PG>TYPE. Does the output image hav e a bla ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 448
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-16 T 3.10 The cop y has a white spot (v er tical). 3.11 The cop y has a white line (v er tical). Exposure system 1) Generate a halftone test print in service mode. Enter ‘4’ to the follo wing: ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 449
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-17 T 3.12 The cop y has a white spot (horizontal). Exposure system 1) Generate a halftone test print in service mode. Enter ‘4’ to the follo wing: COPIER>PG>TYPE. Does the output image ha ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 450
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-18 T 3.13 The back of the cop y is soiled/Soiled edge. Exposure system 1) T urn off the main po wer switch while paper is moving in the feeding assembly . At this time, is the back of the paper soi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 451
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-19 T 3.14 The cop y has a fixing f ault. 1) Does the problem occur when the machine is first turned on (as in the morning)? NO: Go to step 3. 2) Is the paper thick or the like, which has poor f ixi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 452
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-20 T 3.15 The cop y has a displaced leading edge. 3.16 The cop y has a displaced leading edge (large margin). 3.17 The cop y has a displaced margin (no margin). 1) Is an ADF used? YES: Correct the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 453
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-21 T 3.18 The cop y is b lurred. Scanner driv e cable 1) Is the cable wound on the wire pulley twisted or twined when the scan- ner is moving? Is there e foreign matter in the mirror pulle y assemb ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 454
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-22 T 3.19 The cop y is f oggy (hor izontal). 1) Does the problem occur at the same position on all copies made in Di- rect. YES: Go to step 5. Scanning lamp 2) Does the scanning lamp flicker while ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 455
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-23 T 3.20 The cop y has inadequate shar pness . Copyboard glass 1) Is there oil or the like on the copyboard glass? Is there foreign matter on the copyboard glass stay? YES: Clean the copyboard gla ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 456
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-24 T 3.21 The cop y is completely b lank. De veloping assembly 1) Is the de veloping assembly locked to the photosensiti ve drum during copying? NO: Check the locking mechanism of the dev eloping a ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 457
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-25 T W iring 1 0) Is the wiring between the CCD PCB and the reader controller PCB nor- mal? NO: Correct the wiring. Laser scanner unit, Drum unit 11) Try replacing the drum unit. Is the problem cor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 458
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-26 T 3.22 The cop y is completely b lac k. Scanning lamp 1) Is the scanning lamp ON during copying operation? NO: See “The scanning lamp fails to go ON. ” Margin 2) Is there a margin on copies ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 459
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-27 T 3.23 The cop y has a b loc k/white dot after replacement of the dr um unit. 1) Execute the follo wing in service mode: FUNCTION>DPC>D- GAMMA. Then, mak e copies of the N A-3 Chart. Is th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 460
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-28 T 4 T roubleshooting Malfunctions 4.1 P o wer Supply System 4.1.1 The AC pow er is absent. 1. Initial checks [1] Is the power plug connected to the po wer outlet? [2] Is the rated A C v oltage p ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 461
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-29 T 4.1.2 The DC power is absent. 1. A C power supply Is the rated A C v oltage present at the connector J6 (between 1 and 3) of the main controller PCB and at the connector J100 (between 1 and 3) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 462
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-30 T 4.2 Printer Unit 4.2.1 Pickup f ails. 1. General condition Slide out and then in the cassette. Is the sound of the lifter fall heard? NO: See “The lifter fails to mo ve up. ” 2. Sensor In ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 463
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-31 T 4.2.2 The lifter fails to mov e up (pickup from the cassette). 1. Releasing lev er (f or pickup roller) Push in the releasing lev er to ward the rear . Does the descent mo vement of the pickup ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 464
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-32 T 4.2.3 The ver tical path roller fails to rotate . 1. Main motor Is ‘E010’ (faulty main motor) indicated? YES: See the descriptions on E010 in Chapter 6 “Self Diagnosis. ” 2. V ertical ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 465
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-33 T 4.2.5 Pickup from the multif eeder tra y fails (i.e ., the pickup roller f ails to ro- tate). 1. Main motor Is ‘E010’ (faulty main motor) indicated? YES: See the description on ‘E010’ ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 466
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-34 T 4.2.7 The photosensitive drum fails to rotate. 1. Main motor Is ‘E010’ (faulty main motor) indicated? YES: See the description on ‘E010’ in Chapter 6 “Self Diagnosis. ” 2. Drum uni ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 467
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-35 T 4.3 Reader Unit 4.3.1 The No. 1 mirror base fails to mov e. 1. Initial check Is the scanner motor driv en? YES: Go to step 2. NO: Go to step 4. 2. Cable (displacement, broken), Dri ve belt (di ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 468
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-36 T 4.3.2 The scanning lamp fails to go ON. 1. W iring, Connector Is the connection of the wiring and the connectors between the in verter PCB (J4061) and the lamp correct? NO: Correct the wring, ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 469
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-37 T 4.4 Message Indication 4.4.1 The “Add T oner” message f ails to go OFF . 1. T oner sensor (S1), DC controller PCB After toner supply , is ‘0’ (absence of toner) indicated in the follo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 470
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-38 T 4.4.4 The “Close the F ront Cov er” message fails to go OFF . 1. Connectors Is the wiring between the PCBs secure? [1] between composite power supply PCB (J136A) and DC controller PCB (J30 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 471
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-39 T 4.5 P aper Deck 4.5.1 Pickup f ails. 1. Right upper cov er , Right lower co ver Are the right upper cov er and the right lo wer cov er closed securely? NO: Close the cov ers. 2. Lifter When th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 472
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-40 T 4.5.2 The deck lifter f ails to mov e up. 1. Deck body Is the deck body mounted correctly? NO: Mount the deck body correctly . 2. Lifter cable Is the lifter cable fitted correctly? NO: Fit the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 473
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-41 T 5 T roubleshooting F eeding F aults 5.1 P aper Jams The jams that can occur inside the machine are grouped according to location: [1] Pickup assembly [2] Separation/feeding assembly [3] Fixing ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 474
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-42 T 5.1.1 Pickup Assembly 1. General condition Do the pickup roller and the feeding roller of the selected cassette, manual feeder tray , and deck rotate during printing? NO: See the descriptions ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 475
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-43 T 5.1.2 Separation/Feeding Assemb ly 1. Paper Try paper of a recommended type. Is the problem corrected? YES: Advise the user to use recommended paper . 2. Separation static eliminator Is the se ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 476
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-44 T 4. Fixing/feed sensor (PS13), No. 1 deliv ery sensor (PS15) Find the sensor that detected the jam in service mode (COPIER>DISPLA Y>J AM). Is there paper over the sensor? NO: Check the wi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 477
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-45 T 5.2 F aulty F eeding 5.2.1 Double Feeding 1. Pickup/feeding/separation roller releasing le ver , Separation roller When the releasing lev er is pushed in to wa rd the rear , is the pickup roll ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 478
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-46 T 6 Outline of Electr ical Components 6.1 Introduction The electrical components of the machine and its accessories are arranged as shown herein, and they possess the functions discussed; the no ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 479
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-47 T 6.1.2 Checking the Photointerrupters The photointerrupters are checked in service mode; go through the tables attached to the lists of electrical components to find out the state* of a specif ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 480
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-48 T 6.2 E201 (reader unit/printer unit) 6.2.1 Clutches 6.2.2 Solenoids, Switches F04-602-01 SL5 SL6 CL3 CL2 SW3 SW1 SW2 CL1 SL1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 481
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-49 T 6.2.1 Clutches • Reader Unit The reader unit does not ha ve nay clutch. • Printer Unit Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indicati ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 482
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-50 T 6.2.3 Motors (1/2) F04-602-02 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M9 M10 M400 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 483
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-51 T 6.2.3 Motors (1/2) • Reader Unit Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication M400 (R-CON) A3-18-G IO-P01-0 Scanner motor Clock sig ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 484
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-52 T 6.2.3 Motors (2/2) F04-602-02 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M9 M10 M400 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 485
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-53 T 6.2.3 Motors (2/2) • Printer Unit (2/2) Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication M6 (DC-CON) A3-8-N P005-0 to 7 Duplex motor M9 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 486
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-54 T 6.2.4 F ans F04-602-03 FM4 FM5 FM1 FM2 FM3 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 487
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-55 T 6.2.4 F ans • Reader Unit The reader unit does not hav e any f an. • Printer Unit Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication FM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 488
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-56 T 6.2.5 Sensors (1/3) F04-602-04 S5 S4 PS23 PS12 PS10 PS11 PS9 PS1-6 PS22 PS8 PS7 PS26 PS13 S2 PS15 PS17 PS18 PS16 PS400 PS401 S3 S1 VR1 SD1 BD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 489
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-57 T 6.2.5 Sensors (1/3) • Reader Unit Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication PS400 (R-CON) A3-18-H IO-P06-4 Scanner home position ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 490
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-58 T 6.2.5 Sensors (2/3) F04-602-04 S5 S4 PS23 PS12 PS10 PS11 PS9 PS1-6 PS22 PS8 PS7 PS26 PS13 S2 PS15 PS17 PS18 PS16 PS400 PS401 S3 S1 VR1 SD1 BD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 491
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-59 T 6.2.5 Sensors (2/3) • Printer Unit (2/3) Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication PS8 (DC-CON) A3 -20-M P015-1 Cassette 2 re-tr ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 492
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-60 T 6.2.5 Sensors (3/3) F04-602-04 S5 S4 PS23 PS12 PS10 PS11 PS9 PS1-6 PS22 PS8 PS7 PS26 PS13 S2 PS15 PS17 PS18 PS16 PS400 PS401 S3 S1 VR1 SD1 BD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 493
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-61 T 6.2.5 Sensors (3/3) Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication S4 (DC-CON) A3-17-J P013-0 to 4 Cassette 1 size sensor S5 (DC-CON) A ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 494
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-62 T 6.2.6 Lamps, Heaters, and Others F04-602-05 LAMP1 H5 H4 CB1 PLG1 LAMP2 H3 H1,H2, TP1, TH1,TH2 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 495
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-63 T 6.2.6 Lamps, Heaters, and Others • Reader Unit Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication H4 (MPWS) A3-9-A Standard with 100V mod ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 496
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-64 T 6.2.7 PCBs F04-602-06 [3] [11] [9] [9] [5] [13] [2] [7] [6] [10] [10] [8] [1] [12] [10] [4] [14] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 497
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-65 T 6.2.7 PCBs • Reader Unit Ref. Description Remarks Name [12] Controls the reader unit/ADF . Reader controller PCB [13] Dri ves the CCD. CCD PCB [14] Controls the scanning lamp. In verter PCB ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 498
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-66 T 6.3 Side P aper Deck-L1 6.3.1 Clutches 6.3.2 Solenoids, and Switches 6.3.3 Motors F04-603-01 M1D SL2D M2D SL1D LED100D CL2D CL1D SW2D SW1D SW100D ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 499
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-67 T 6.3.1 Clutches Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication CL1D (DECK-CON) A5-9-A Deck feeding clutch 0: ON, 1: OFF CL2D (DECK-CON) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 500
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-68 T 6.3.4 Sensors 6.3.5 PCBs F04-603-02 [1] PS6D PS5D PS1D PS4D PS2D PS3D PS8D PS9D PS7D ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 501
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-69 T 6.3.4 Sensors Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication PS1D (DECK-CON) A5-8-A Deck pickup sensor PS2D (DECK-CON) A5-12-A Deck pap ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 502
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-70 T 6.4 2-Cassette F eeding Unit-W1 6.4.1 Clutches 6.4.2 Solenoids and Switches 6.4.3 Motors F04-604-01 S1C S2C M1C M2C SL1C CL1C ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 503
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-71 T 6.4.1 Clutches Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication CL1C (PEDE-FEED) A6-11-F V ertical path roller clutch 0: ON, 1: OFF 6.4.2 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 504
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-72 T 6.4.4 Sensors 6.4.5 PCBs F04-604-02 [2] [1] PS1C PS2C PS3C Q1603~1609 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 505
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-73 T 6.4.4 Sensors Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication PS1C (PEDE-CON) A6-6-H Right cov er open/closed sensor PS2C (PEDE-FEED) A6 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 506
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-74 T 6.5 Inner 2-W ay T ra y-A1 6.5.1 Solenoids 6.5.2 Motors 6.5.3 Sensor F04-605-01 PS24B PS20B PS19B PS21B M8B M7B SL3B ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 507
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-75 T 6.5.1 Solenoids Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication SL3B (DC-CON) A7-2-K 2-way delivery solenoid 0: ON, 1: OFF 6.5.2 motors ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 508
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-76 T 6.6 Super G3 F AX Board-J1 6.6.1 Others 6.6.2 PCBs F04-606-01 SP1 [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 509
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-77 T 6.6.1 Others Electrical signal (target) Reference to general I/O address Remarks Name circuit diagram I/O indication SP1 (F AX-CON) A3-1-E Speaker 6.6.2 PCBs Ref. Description Remarks Name [1] ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 510
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-78 T 6.7 V ar iab le Resistors (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes , and Check Pins b y PCB Of the va riable resistors, light-emitting diodes, and switches used in the machine, those needed for service wor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 511
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-79 T 6.7.1 Main Controller PCB F04-607-01 The DIP switch (SW1002) is designed for adjustments at the factory , and is not normally used in the field. <When Replacing the PCB> a. T ransfer the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 512
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-80 T 6.7.2 DC Controller PCB F04-607-02 6.7.3 Reader Controller PCB F04-607-03 J330 J322 J333 J319 J331 J309 J304 J302 J301 J315 J313 J308 J300 J332 J320 J311 J314 J312 J310 J307 J316 J400 J412 J40 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 513
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOO TING IMA GE F A UL TS/MALFUNCTIONS 4-81 T 6.7.4 Composite P ow er Supply PCB When replacing the PCB, be sure to enter the settings indicated on the service label [1] in service mode. F04-607-04 6.7.5 Fixing Film Sensor PCB F04-607-05 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 514
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 515
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-1 T 1 Outline of Ser vice Mode 1.1 Outline The service mode screens are organized in three le vels: Initial screen, Lev el 1/Le vel 2 Item screen, Lev el 3 Item scr een. F05-101-01 Initial screen Lev el 1/Level 2 Item screen Lev e ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 516
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-2 T The machines’ service mode consists of the follo wing se ven types: F05-101-02 1.2 Star ting Ser vice Mode and Making Selections 1) Press the User Mode key ‘ ’ . 2) Press ‘2’ and ‘8’ on the k eypad at the same ti ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 517
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-3 T 1.3 Ending Ser vice Mode • Press the Reset ke y once to return to the Service Mode Initial screen (F05-101-03). • Press the Reset ke y twice to end service mode and return to the User screen (standard). If you hav e used s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 518
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-4 T 1.5 Using Ser vice Mode 1.5.1 Initial Screen F05-105-01 1.5.2 Lev el 1/Le vel 2 Item Screen F05-105-02 FA X COPIER FEEDER SORTER FA X BOARD Initial settings Touch an item to select. (FEEDER, SORTER, FAX, and BOARD are indicate ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 519
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-5 T 1.5.3 Lev el 3 Item Screen F05-105-03 F05-105-04 Counter Te s t Option Function Adjust I/O Display VERSION 1/ 2 READ Y DC-CON R-CON P ANEL FEEDER SOR TER NIB PS/PCL LIPS 01.10 01.01 00.02 FF .D9 --.-- 01.00 30.05 --.-- < &g ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 520
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-6 T 2 DISPLA Y Control Displa y Mode 2.1 COPIER The following screen will appear in response to COPIER>DISPLA Y ; the respectiv e item follo ws: F05-201-01 Counter T est Option Function Adjust I/O Display VERSION USER A CC-STS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 521
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-7 T <VERSION> Indicates the version of the machine and the v ersion f the R OM on the accessories PCB . Indication: <xx,yy> Where, xx: version number , yy: R&D control number DC-CON Indicates the version of the R O ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 522
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-8 T PUNCH Indicates the version of the softw are of the punch unit. LANG-EN Indicates the version of the English f ile. LANG-FR Indicates the version of the French f ile. LANG-DE Indicates the version of the German f ile. LANG-IT ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 523
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-9 T LANG-NO Indicates the version of the Norwe gian file. LANG-PL Indicates the version of the Polish f ile. LANG-PT Indicates the version of the Portuguese f ile. LANG-R U Indicates the version of the Russian file. LANG-SL Indica ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 524
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-10 T <USER> Indicates items related to the User screen and the user . LANGU A GE Indicates the language/paper size configuration used. Indication <LANGU A GE xxyy .zz.aa> Where, xx (higher 2 characters): country code ( ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 525
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-11 T RAM Indicates the size of memory mounted to the main controller . (64 MB, 128 MB) NIB Indicates the connection of a network board. (0: absent, 1: Ethernet board, 2: T ok enRing, 3: both) LIPS-RAM Indicates the size of memory ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 526
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-12 T <CST -STS> Indicates the size of paper in the cassettes and the manual feeder . WIDTH-MF Indicates the width of paper in terms of paper size (manual feed). COPIER>DISPLA Y>CTS-STS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 527
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-13 T Item Description Remarks AA Indicates the order of jams 1 to 50 (50 max.) (the higher the number , the older the jam). BBBB Indicates the date of occurrence. Month, day (2 characters each) CCCC Indicates the time of occurrenc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 528
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-14 T FF: T ypes of Jams Code T ype 00xx none 01xx delay jam 02xx stationary jam 0Axx po wer -on stationary jam 0Bxx c o v e r open jam 9003 logic jam (*1) 9011 logic jam (*2) 10xx f in i sher jam *1: standby jam from the Finisher- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 529
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-15 T FFff: Sensor/T ype (jams in Saddle Finisher-G1) Code Sensor/type Sensor used 1006 stapler staple jam PI19 1007 po wer -on jam PI1, PI10 1008 co ver open jam PI22, PI23, MS2 1011 inlet sensor delay PI1 1012 folding potion sens ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 530
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-16 T <ERR> Indicate error data. F05-201-03 Item Description Remarks AA Indicates the order of errors 1 to 50 (50 max.) (the higher the number , the older the error). BBBB Indicates the date of occurrence. Month, day (2 chara ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 531
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-17 T <HV -STS> Indicates the measurements taken of v oltage/current. PRIMAR Y Indicates the level of current of primary char ging in relation to photosensi- tiv e drum resistance detection control (APVC). Unit: µA Reference ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 532
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-18 T <ALARM-2> Indicates alarm data. F05-201-04 Item Description Remarks AA Indicates the order of alarms 1 to 50 (the higher the number , the older the alarm). BBBB Indicates the date of occurrence. Month/day (2 characters ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 533
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-19 T EE (location code) EE (location) FFFF (description) 02 scanner in reader unit 0002: Indicate of dirt on reading glass in stream reading mode (small-size) 04 pickup/feed system 0008: paper deck lifter fault 0011: cassette 1 re ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 534
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-20 T 3 I/O , I/O Displa y mode The fowling screen will appear in response to COPIER>I/O; discussions on items follo w: F05-301-01 <Guide to the screen> P001 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx bit 0 bit 15 address Counter T est Option Funct ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 535
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-21 T 3.1 DC-CON Indicates the input/output ports of the DC controller PCBs. <DC-CON (1/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P001 0 M1 main motor dri ve signal 0: ON 1 LAMP2 pre-exposure lamp ON signal 1: ON 2 M1 0 la ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 536
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-22 T <DC-CON (2/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P005 0 M6 duple x motor pulse signal IN1 - 1 M6 duplex motor pulse signal IN2 - 2 M6 duplex motor pulse signal IN3 - 3 M6 duplex motor pulse signal IN4 - 4 M6 dupl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 537
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-23 T <DC-CON (3/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P010 0 M5 deli very motor pulse signal A_D0 - 1 M 5 deliv er y motor pulse signal A_D1 - 2 M 5 deliv er y motor pulse signal A_D2 - 3 M 5 deliv ery motor pulse sig ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 538
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-24 T <DC-CON (4/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P013 0 S4 cassette 1 cassette size detection signal bit 0 - 1 S4 cassette 1 cassette size detection signal bit 1 - 2 S4 cassette 1 cassette size detection signal b ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 539
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-25 T <DC-CON (5/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P018 0 print start signal - 1 transmission request signal - 2 controller power supply inlet ready signal - 3 printer power supply inlet signal - 4 not used 5 not u ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 540
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-26 T <DC-CON (6/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P022 0 controller communication signal - 1 power supply communication signal - 2 controller communication signal - 3 power supply communication signal - 4 not used ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 541
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-27 T <DC-CON (7/7)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P027 0 100/200V detection signal 1: 100V , 0: 200V 1 not used 2 ADC chip select signal - 3 not used 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used 7 used as Φ terminal - P028 0 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 542
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-28 T 3.2 R-CON Indicates the input/output ports of the reader controller PCB. <R-CON (1/3)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P01 0 M400 scanner motor clock signal clock signal 1 M400 scanner rotation direction sig ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 543
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-29 T <R-CON (2/3)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P05 0 printer start signal (DDI) 0: ON 1 analog processor data signal data 2 analog processor clock signal clock signal 3 analog processor load signal data 4 not ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 544
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-30 T <R-CON (3/3)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P10 0 - 7 not used IO-P11 0 - 7 not used IO-P12 0 - 7 not used IO-P13 0 general port (0) for DDI: controller → reader 1 * 1 general port (1) for DDI: controlle ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 545
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-31 T 3.3 MN-CON Indicates the input/output ports for the main controller PCB. <MN-CON (1/2)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P001 7 GP D A T A not used (f ixed; 1) 6 not used (fixed; 1) 5 LED1008 for check on operat ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 546
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-32 T <MN-CON (2/2)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P007 15 GPO f ax SSB forced reset 0: Reset, 1: Normal 14 parallel EEPR OM write protect for factory 13 not used 12 LCD back-light control signal 1: ON 11 coin robo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 547
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-33 T 3.4 FEEDER Indicates the input/output ports of the ADF controller PCB. <FEEDER (1/2)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P01 0 not used (output) 1 not used 2 not used 3 not used 4 not used 5 LED original detect ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 548
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-34 T <FEEDER (2/2)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P05 0 VR 1 o r ig inal width volume - (input) 1 P I 5 last original sensor signal - 2 PI4 tray sensor 2 - 3 PI3 tray sensor 1 - 4 PI2 A4R/L TR ID sensor - 5 pus ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 549
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-35 T 3.5 SOR TER Indicates the input/output ports for the finisher controller PCB. <SOR TER (1/8)> 3.5.1 Finisher-J1 Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P001 0 not used (input) 1 not used 2 S1 0 stack tray paper heig ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 550
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-36 T <SOR TER (2/8)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P006 0 M3/M4 alignment motor pulse IN A - (input) 1 M3/M4 alignment motor pulse INB - 2 M4 rear alignment motor enable signal 1: enable 3 M3 front alignment mo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 551
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-37 T <SOR TER (3/8)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks IO-P012 0-7 not used IO-P013 0-7 not used IO-P014 0-7 not used IO-P015 0-7 not used IO-P016 0-7 not used IO-P017 0-7 not used IO-P018 0-7 not used IO-P019 0-7 not ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 552
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-38 T <SOR TER (4/8)> 3.5.2 Saddle Finisher-G1 Address bit Notation Description Remarks P001 0 M4 fr ont aligning plate motor phase A output 0: ON (output) 1 M4 front aligning plate motor phase B output 0: ON 2 M8 slide moor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 553
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-39 T <SOR TER (5/8)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P006 0 PI21 cartridge sensor signal 1: ready (input) 1 PI20 staple sensor signal 1: staple ascent 2 M 5 rear alignment motor phase A (output) 0: ON 3 M 5 rear ali ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 554
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-40 T <SOR TER (6/8)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P012 0 PI23 upper cov er open sensor signal 1: open (input) 1 PI22 front cover open sensor signal 1: open 2 PI5 rear aligning plate home position sensor signal 0: ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 555
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-41 T <SOR TER (7/8)> 3.5.3 Puncher Unit (Saddle Finisher-G1) Address bit Notation Description Remarks P016 0 ladder circuit bit 1 - (output) 1 ladder circuit bit 2 - 2 ladder circuit bit 3 - 3 ladder circuit bit 4 - 4 ladder ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 556
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-42 T <SOR TER (8/8)> Address bit Notation Description Remarks P021 0 M2P horiz ontal registration motor current set - (output) 1 M2P horizontal r egistration motor current set - 2 M2P horizontal r egistration motor phase B o ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 557
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-43 T deliv ery motor current switch 1 deliv ery motor current switch 2 Current (A) (P011-3) (P005-5) 1 1 0.1 0 1 0.3 0 0 0.5 T05-301-01 COPIER>I/O>SOR TER ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 558
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-44 T 4 ADJUST Adjustment Mode 4.1 COPIER The following screen will appear in response to COPIER>ADJUST : F05-401-01 Counter T est Option Function I/O Display AE ADJ-XY CCD LASER BLANK HV -TR DEVELOP MISC DENS HV -PRI CST -ADJ F ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 559
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-45 T <AE> Use it to execute AE adjustment. If you hav e cleared the RAM on the reader controller PCB, enter the settings indicated on the service label. AE-TBL Use it to adjust the density of text for image density adjustmen ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 560
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-46 T <ADJ-XY> Use it to adjust the image read start position. If you hav e cleared the RAM on the reader controller PCB and replaced the PCB, use it to enter the settings indicated on the service label. ADJ-X Use it to adjus ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 561
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-47 T ADJ-S Use it to adjust the scanner home position. Range of 16 to 128 adjustment Caution Do not use this mode; it is for factory use only . ADJ-Y -DF Use it to adjust the read start position in main scanning direction when the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 562
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-48 T <CCD> Use it to make CCD/shading-related adjustments. If faulty images are generated after the ex ecution of COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD- ADJ, enter the settings indicated on the service label. SH-TRGT Use it to en ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 563
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-49 T <DEVELOP> Use it to adjust the dev eloping bias output. DE-DC Use it to enter the adjustment value for the DC component of the de velop- ing bias within the image area. Range of 0 to 255 (a higher setting generates ligh ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 564
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-50 T <DENS> Use it to fine-adjust the cop y density auto correction mechanism. If you hav e cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB and replaced the PCB, be sure to enter the settings indicated on the service label. DENS-AD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 565
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-51 T <HV -PRI> Use it to adjust the output of the primary charging assembly . If you hav e cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB and replaced the PCB, be sure to enter the setting indicated on the service label. P-DC Use ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 566
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-52 T OFST1-DC Use it to enter the adjustment value for the primary char ging DC of fset 1. Caution If you hav e replaced the composite power supply PCB, be sure to enter the settings indicated on the label attached to the new PCB ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 567
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-53 T <HV -TR> User it to adjust the output for transfer charging/pre-transfer . If you hav e cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB and replaced the PCB, be sure to enter the settings indicated on the service label. TR-N1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 568
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-54 T <FEED-ADJ> Use it to make feeder -related adjustments. If you hav e cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB and replaced the PCB, be sure to enter the settings indicated on the service label. REGIST Use it to adjust th ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 569
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-55 T MF-A4 Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the multifeeder tray (A4). Range of 0 to 1024 adjustment COPIER>ADJUST>FIXING <FIXING> Use it to make f ixing-relating adjustments. If you hav e cleared the RA ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 570
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-56 T <MISC> Use it to make other adjustments. If you hav e cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB and replaced the PCB, be sure to enter the settings indicated on the service label. C1-ADJ-Y Use it to enter the cassette 1 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 571
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-57 T DK-ADJ-Y Use it to enter the horizontal registration adjustment v alue for the paper deck. • Use it to enter a laser write position value in relation to the re gistered value for paper pick ed up from the paper deck. Range ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 572
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-58 T 4.2 FEEDER DOCST Use it to adjust the original leading edge registration when the ADF is used. • A higher setting decreases the leading edge margin. • The data is stored on the ADF controller PCB. Range of -10 to +10 (in ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 573
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-59 T 4.3 SOR TER PNCH-HLE Use it to adjust the punch hole position (paper feed direction) when the puncher unit is in use. • A higher setting shifts the punch hole tow ard the leading edge of paper (middle of paper). Range of -3 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 574
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-60 T PNCH-Y Use it to adjust the punch hole position (front/rear of paper) when the puncher unit is in use. • A higher setting shifts the punch hole tow ard the front of paper . Range of -5 to +5 (in mm) adjustment Using the Mod ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 575
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-61 T 5 FUNCTION Operation/Inspection Mode 5.1 COPIER The follo wing screen will appear in response to COPIER>FUNCTION; lists of items fol- lo w: F05-501-01 Counter T est Option I/O Display CCD INST ALL DENS FIXING SYSTEM MISC-P ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 576
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-62 T <INST ALL> Use it as part of installation work. T ONER-S Use it to stir the toner inside the developing assembly . Caution • Check to make sure that the dev eloping assembly is securely mounted before pressing the OK ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 577
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-63 T <CCD> Use it to ex ecute CCD/shading-related automatic adjustment. CCD-ADJ Use it to ex ecute automatic adjustment of the CCD. Caution • Execute the mode if you ha ve replaced an y of the follo wing: CCD unit, scannin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 578
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-64 T SHDG-POS Use it to enter data for changing the position of measurement on the stan- dard white plate used for shading correction. Range of 240 to 320 (a multiple of 8 causes a shift of about 0.17 mm) adjustment Caution • Ex ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 579
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-65 T SH-PS-ST Use it to ex ecute optimum position auto adjustment for the standard white plate for shading correction. Caution • Y ou must execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ before e x- ecuting this mov e. • Execute ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 580
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-66 T EGGN-POS Use it to ex ecute automatic adjustment of the edge gain correction for the CCD. (The edge gain correction of the CCD is ef fectiv e only when the ADF is in use.) Caution • If you hav e replaced the CCD unit, be su ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 581
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-67 T <DENS> Use it to ex ecute automatic density adjustment. Execute this mode after shading correction, and be sure to e xecute all of the follo wing in sequence: WHITE-ME, PD-DENS, PD-ME. WHITE-ME Use it to ex ecute automa ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 582
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-68 T PD-ME Use it to ex ecute automatic density correction for text mode (to read PD- DENS output). Using the Mode 1) While ke eping the following in mind, place the PD-DENS output on the copyboard glass as indicated: • The prin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 583
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-69 T <DPC> Use it to ex ecute potential-related operations. D-GAMMA Use it to ex ecute photosensitiv e drum resistance measurement control (APVC). Caution Use this mode only for the follo wing; do not rely on this mode unles ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 584
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-70 T <FIXING> Use it to ex ecute fixing assembly-related automatic adjustments. NIP-CHK Use it to obtain output for automatic measurement of the fixing nip width. Using the Mode 1) Make a solid black print in A4/L TR. 2) Mak ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 585
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-71 T <P ANEL> Use it to check the control panel. LCD-CHK Use it to check the touch panel for missing dots. Using the Mode 1) Select <LCD-CHK> to highlight, and press the OK ke y . The entire f ace of the touch panel wi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 586
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-72 T Input K eys/Indications T05-501-01 COPIER>FUNCTION>P AR T -CHK <P AR T -CHK> Use it to check the operation of a specific load. CL Use it to select a clutch whose operation you want to check. Using the Mode 1) Sele ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 587
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-73 T MTR-ON Use it to check the motor . Using the Mode 1) Select the item, and press the OK key . • ON for 20 sec → OFF • For the duplex hori zontal registra tion motor , ON for 10 sec → OFF SL Use it to select a solenoid ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 588
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-74 T Codes and Motors T05-501-03 Codes and Solenoids T05-501-04 Code Name 1 Main motor (M1) 2 Fixing motor (M4) 3 Pickup motor (M2) 4 Duplex motor (M6) 5 Delivery motor (M5) 6 2-way deliv ery outlet motor (M8B)/ Relay deliv ery mo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 589
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-75 T <CLEAR> Use it to clear the RAM, jam history , or error code history . The effect does not tak e place unless the main po wer switch has been turned off and then on. ERR Use this mode to clear an error code: E000, E001, ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 590
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-76 T E355-CLR --- PWD-CLR Use it to clear the password of the system administrator in user mode. Using the Mode 1) Select <PWD-CLR> to highlight, and press the OK ke y . 2) T urn off and then on the main po wer switch. ADRS- ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 591
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-77 T <MISC-R> Checking reader unit-related operations. SCANLAMP Use it to check the scanning lamp for activ ation. Using the Mode 1) Select <SCANLAMP> to highlight, and press the OK ke y . 2) The scanning lamp goes ON. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 592
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-78 T <MISC-P> Use it to check the operation of the printer unit. P-PRINT Use it to print out the contents of service mode (ADJUST , OPTION, COUNTER). Caution • It may take se veral dozens of seconds to print out the list. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 593
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-79 T HIST -PRT Use it to print out the jam history and the error history stored for service mode. Using the Mode 1) Select the item, and press the OK key . 2) The machine prints put the jam history and the error history . USER-PRT ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 594
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-80 T MF-ADJ-Y Use it to ex ecute multifeeder horizontal registra tion automatic adjustment. Using the Mode 1) Select the item, and press the OK ke y . 2) The machine prints a halftone PG image on paper from the multifeeder tray . ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 595
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-81 T <SYSTEM> Use it to check system-related operations. DOWNLO AD Use it to switch to system program download mode. Caution • Use it to download the system progra m. Using the Mode 1) T urn off the machine and the PC. 2) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 596
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-82 T 6 OPTION Machine Settings Mode 6.1 COPIER The follo wing screen will appear in response to COPIER>OPTION; lists of items will follo w: F05-601-01 Counter T est Function Adjust I/O Display BOD Y USER CST AC C INT -F A CE Op ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 597
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-83 T BOD Y Use it to make machine-related settings. MODEL-SZ Use it to select the mode of indication by destination and of the ADF origi- nal size detection. Settings 0: AB (6R5E), 1: INCH (5R4E), 2: A (3R3E), 3: AB/INCH (6R5E) FI ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 598
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-84 T SCANSLCT Use it to enable or disable the original size detection mechanism for the ADF . • When enabled, the scan size is determined in relation to the original size. Settings 0: off (default), 1: on TRANS-SW Use it to set ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 599
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-85 T CONFIG Use it to select any of the multiple pieces of f irmware stored on the hard disk to suit the selected destination and paper size: Settings XXYYZZAA XX: country (JP), Y Y : language (ja), ZZ (00): destination, AA (00): ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 600
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-86 T DECRL-FN Use it to enable or disable deliv ery curl reducing fan. Settings 0 : disable (default) 1: enable Caution When ‘1’ is selected, the curl reducing fan is rotated for 30 sec after the im- age leading edge sensor go ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 601
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-87 T COUNTER2 Use it to change the type of soft counter 2 of the control panel to suit the needs of the user . Settings 000 to 804 (T05-601-01); default: 000 (100V model), 103 (120/230V model) COUNTER3 Use it to change the type of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 602
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-88 T TR Y -STP Use it to impose a limit to the number of sheets for stapling in the finisher and to suspend printing if sizes are mixed. Caution If ‘1’ is set, occurrence of jams and alignment will be outside the consider - at ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 603
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-89 T Soft Counter Specifications The soft counters are classified a follo ws in terms of input numbers: 100s: total 500s: scan 200s: copy 600s: box 300s: print 700s: r eceiv ed f ile print 400 s: copy + print 8 00s: report pint Gu ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 604
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-90 T Y es/No No. Counter 22 9 copy (4C + mono/L) 23 0 copy (4C + mono/S) 23 1 copy (4C + mono/2) 23 2 copy (4C + mono/1) 23 3 copy (4C/L/double- sided) 23 4 copy (4C/S/double- sided) 23 5 copy (mono /L/ double-sided) 23 6 copy (mo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 605
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-91 T Y es/No No. Counter 50 5 Bk scan (total 1) copy scan (Bk) 50 6 Bk scan (total 2) 50 7 Bk scan (L) copy scan (Bk/L) 50 8 Bk scan (S) copy scan (Bk/S) 50 9 color scan (total 1) copy scan (4C) 51 0 color scan (total 2) 51 1 colo ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 606
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-92 T CST Use it to make cassette-related settings. Be sure to turn off and then on the po wer after making the settings. U1-NAME U2-NAME U3-NAME U4-NAME U5-NAME U6-NAME U7-NAME U8-NAME Use it to enable or disable the indication of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 607
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-93 T ENV1 Use it to register en velope cassette ENV1. Settings 21: COM10, 22: ISO-B5, 23: Monarch, 24: ISO-C5, 25: DL, 26: No. 4 ENV2 Use it to register en velope cassette ENV2. Settings 21: COM10, 22: ISO-B5, 23: Monarch, 24: ISO ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 608
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-94 T AC C Use it to make accessory-related selections. COIN Use it to enable or disable the indication of the coin vendor . • Use it to change the indication for the control card in the control panel for the coin vendor . Settin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 609
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-95 T 6.2 FEEDER SIZE-SW Use it to enable or disable detection of mixed original sizes (AB and Inch sizes). Settings 0: disable (default), 1: enable SORTER>OPTION 6.3 SOR TER BLNK-SW Use it to set the margin width (W) for both s ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 610
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-96 T 6.4 BOARD MENUE-1 Use it to indicate lev el 1 of the printer settings menu. Settings 0: do not indicate (default), 1: indicate MENUE-2 Use it to indicate lev el 2 of the printer settings menu. Settings 0: do not indicate (def ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 611
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-97 T 7 TEST T est Pr int Mode The follo wing screen will appear in response to COPIER>TEST ; lists of items will fol- lo w: F05-701-01 Counter Function Adjust I/O Display PG NETWORK Option T est ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 612
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-98 T PG Use it to select the type of test print and generate it. TYPE Enter the number or the type of test print you want, and press the OK ke y to generate it. Caution Be sure to return it to ‘00’ after printing the test prin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 613
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-99 T NETWORK Use it to check the network-related items for connection. PING Use it to check the connection between machine and the network (TCP/IP only). Caution Use this mode when checking the connection to the network at time of ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 614
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-100 T 6) Make the follo wing selections : COPIER>TEST>NETWORK>PING. Then, enter the loop-back address* (127.0.0.1), and press the OK ke y and then the Start key . • If ‘NG’ is indicated, suspect a fault in the TCP/I ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 615
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-101 T 8 COUNTER Counter Mode The follo wing screen will appear in response to COPIER>COUNTER; lists of items will follo w: F05-801-01 Clearing the Counter Readings 1) Select the item to clear (highlight). 2) Press the Clear ke ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 616
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-102 T Guide to the Counters f or P er iodically Replaced P ar ts and Durables The machine is equipped with counters for periodically replaced parts and durables (DRBL-1/DRBL-2) so as to provide an idea of when to replace the parts ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 617
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-103 T Le vel 2: PICK-UP Le vel 3: C1 cassette 1 pickup counter C2 cassette 2 pickup counter C3 cassette 3 pickup counter C4 cassette 4 pickup counter MF multifeeder tray pickup counter DK paper deck pickup counter 2-SIDE double-si ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 618
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 5 SER VICE MODE 5-104 T Le vel 2: DRBL-1 Le vel 3: PRE-LMP pre-exposure lamp counter TR-R OLL transfer charging roller counter SP-SC-EL separation static eliminator paper passage counter D VG-CYL developing c ylinder counter C1-PU-RL cassette 1 pic ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 619
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 620
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-1 T 1 Self Diagnosis The machine is equipped with a mechanism that checks the condition of the machine (es- pecially sensor outputs) and indicates an error code in the control panel upon detection of a fault. The follo wing tabl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 621
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-2 T Code Description E716 Communication error (with pedestal) E717 Communication error (with ASSIST) E719 C ar d r eader , coin vendor communication error E732 Reader communication error E733 Printer communication error E737 SDR ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 622
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-3 T 1.1 Detail Codes (copier) E000 0000 The reading of the main thermistor does not reach 30°C 1 sec after the main power switch is turned on. Or , it does not reach 70°C 2 sec thereafter . Main cause The fixing f ilm unit is ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 623
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-4 T E001 0000 The main thermistor detects 250°C or higher . 0001 Th e main thermistor or the sub thermistor detects ov erheating (hardware circuit detection). 0002 The sub thermistor detects about 295°C or higher . Main cause ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 624
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-5 T E002 0000 Th e temperature of the f ixing film is as follo ws: 1. has exceeded 100°C, but does not rea ch 115°C within 1 sec thereafter . 2. has exceeded 140°C, but does not rea ch 150°C within 1 sec thereafter . 3. has ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 625
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-6 T E007 0000 An error in the rotation of the f ixing f ilm is detected. The reading of the main thermistor is 100°C or higher and, in addition, the fixing f ilm sensor does not detect the rotation of the f ilm for 6 sec or mor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 626
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-7 T E010 0000 After the main motor driv e signal is g enerated, the clock signal does to ar - riv e within 1.3 sec . Main cause The main motor (M2) is faulty . the DC controller PCB is faulty . Action 1. Connector Is the connect ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 627
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-8 T E014 000 After the fixing motor dri ve signal is generated, the clock signal does not arriv e within 1.3 sec. Main cause The fixing motor (M19) is f aulty . The DC controller PCB is f aulty . Action 1. Connector Is the conne ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 628
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-9 T E019 0000 The waste toner case is full of w aste toner . Main cause The waste toner case is full. The waste toner case full detection mechanism is soiled. The w aste toner sensor is faulty . The DC controller PCB is faulty . ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 629
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-10 T E032 0001 The D A unit connection is disconnected (after connection). Main cause The D A unit is faulty . The main controller PCB is faulty . Action 1. Connector Is the DA unit connected securely? NO: Connect it securely . ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 630
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-11 T E051 0000 At start-up, home position is not detected when the horizontal registration assembly is mov ed 100 mm in the direction of home position. Main cause The horizontal home position sensor is faulty . The horizontal re ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 631
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-12 T E064 0000 The presence of a high-v oltage error is communicated by the composite power supply PCB. (The output for primary char ging, de veloping, or trans- fer has deviated from a specif ic level of v oltage.) Main cause T ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 632
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-13 T E100 0001 The BD signal is not detected 10 times or more within 10 msec in 5 msec after the generation of the laser driv e signal. 0002 While the laser is ON, the BD signal cycle is outside a specif ic range 20 times or mor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 633
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-14 T E110 0000 The motor ready signal does not arri v e within 15 sec after the laser scanner motor driv e signal is generated. Main cause The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open circuit, disconnection). T he laser scanner mot ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 634
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-15 T E202 The home position sensor does not go ON when the main power switch is turned on. 0001 The scanner home position sensor does not go OFF when the scanner is mov ed forward by 40 mm. 0002 The scanner home position sensor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 635
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-16 T E220 0001 A fault is detected on the in verter PCB for the scanning lamp. Main cause The in ve rter PCB is faulty . The reader controller PCB is faulty . Action 1. W iring Is the wiring from the scanning lamp to the reader ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 636
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-17 T E240 0000 A fault occurs in communication between the CPU of the main controller PCB and the CPU of the DC controller PCB. Main cause The main controller PCB is faulty . The DC controller PCB is f aulty . Action 1. W iring ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 637
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-18 T E248 0001 A dif ference is disco vered betw een the ID in EEPR OM read when the main power switch is turned on and the ID in R OM upon comparison. 0002 The data read does not match the data written to EEPR OM. 0003 A dif fe ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 638
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-19 T E302 0001 During shading, the shading processing does not end on the reader control- ler PCB after 1 sec. 0002 During stream reading, the edge white addition processing does not end on the rear controller PCB after 10 sec. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 639
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-20 T E315 Any of the follo wing is true in the image processing by the main controller: 1. The image data has a fault. 2. The encoding/decoding operation for image data has a fault. 3. The image processing element of the main co ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 640
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-21 T E601 0000 When an image is transferred between the main controller PCB and the HDD, the main controller PCB detects a fault in control inform ation. 0001 When an image is transferred between the main controller PCB and the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 641
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-22 T E602 0001 A mounting f ault of the HDD is detected when the HDD is started up from the BOO T R OM. 0002 A d ata r ead fault of the HDD is detected when the HDD is started up from the BOO T R OM. Main cause The wiring is fau ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 642
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-23 T E606 0001 A mounting f ault of the HDD is detected when the HDD is started up from the BOO T ROM. Main cause The HDD is faulty . The main controller PCB is f aulty . Making Corrections 1. W iring Are the connection and cabl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 643
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-24 T E677 0001 A fault occurs it the combination betw een an y of the printer boards (acces- sories) and the main controller PCB. Main cause Any of the printer boards (accessories) is faulty . The main controller PCB is faulty . ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 644
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-25 T E710 0001 When the main po wer is turned on, the com m unication IC (IPC) on the reader controller PCB cannot be initialized. 0002 When the main po wer is turned on, the communication IC (IPC) on the DC controller PCB canno ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 645
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-26 T E711 0001 Data is written to the error re gister of the comm unication IC (IPC) on the reader controller PCB four times or more within 1.5 sec. 0002 Data is written to the error re gister of the comm unication IC (IPC) on t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 646
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-27 T E712 0001 The communication is not resumed 3 sec or more after data has been writ- ten to the error register of the communication IC (IPC) on the ADF control- ler PCB. 0002 The transmission bit is not enabled 10 sec or more ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 647
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-28 T E713 0000 Th e communication with the f inisher is not resumed 3 sec or more after it is disrupted. Main cause The connector has poor connection. The option power supply PCB is f aulty . The finisher controller PCB is f aul ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 648
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-29 T E716 0000 The ID signal is not detected within a specifi c period of time after the pres- ence of a pedestal is detected. Main cause The connector has poor connection. The main power supply PCB is f aulty . The pedestal con ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 649
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-30 T E719 0001 Th e communication between the Card Reader-C1 or the coin v endor and the main controller PCB is disrupted. Main cause The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open circuit). The Card Reader -C1 is faulty . The coin v ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 650
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-31 T E733 0001 A fault is detected by the main contr oller PCB in the communication be- tween the DC controller PCB and the main controller PCB. Main cause The connector has poor connection. T he DC controller PCB is faulty . Ac ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 651
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-32 T E740 0001 At p ow er -on, the LAN card has a fault. 0002 The MA C address has a fault. 0003 The LAN card cannot be read. Main cause The LAN card is faulty . The main controller PCB is f aulty . Action 1. Connector Is the co ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 652
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-33 T E743 0000 The reader controller PCB detects a fault in the comm unication between the main controller PCB and the reader controller PCB. Main cause The connector has poor connection. The main controller PCB has a fault. Act ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 653
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-34 T E803 0000 The 24V output from the composite main po wer supply PCB is absent for 1 sec or more. Main cause The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open circuit). The composite po wer sup- ply PCB is faulty . The DC controller ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 654
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-35 T E805 The clock signal is absent for 5 sec or more after the fan dri ve signal has been generated. The detail codes of the f ans in question are as follo ws: 0001 de veloping f an (FM1) 0002 fixing f an (FM2) 0003 curl reduc ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 655
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-36 T E901 0000 The motor ready signal does not arri v e within 1.3 sec after the pedestal main motor driv e signal is generated. Main cause The connector has poor connector . The pedestal main motor is faulty . The main power su ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 656
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-37 T 1.2 ADF Error Codes When the ADF’ s self diagnostic mechanism has gone ON, it may be reset by turning off and then on its host machine. The host machine can still generate copies in book mode if the ADF cable is disconten ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 657
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-38 T 1.3 Saddle Finisher-G1 Error Codes When the finisher’ s self diagnostic mechanism has gone ON, it may be reset by turning off and then on its host machine. The host machine can still generate copies if the finisher cable ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 658
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-39 T E514 0001 The deli very belt does not lea ve home position when the stack deliv ery mo- tor is dri ven for 3 sec. 0002 The deli ve ry belt does not r eturn to home position when the stack deli very motor is dri ven for 3 se ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 659
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-40 T E537 0001 The aligning plate (front) does not lea ve home position when the alignment motor (front) is dri ven for 3 sec. 0002 The aligning plate (front) does not return to home potion when the align- ment motor (front) is ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 660
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-41 T E590 0001 The puncher does not return to home position when the puncher motor is driv en for 250 msec. 0002 The clock from the puncher motor clock sensor is disrupted for 60 msec or more when the puncher motor is dri ven. M ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 661
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-42 T E5F1 0001 The folding roller does not lea ve home position when the stapler/folder mo- tor is dri ven for 1.5 sec. 0002 The folding roller does to return to home position when the stapler/folder motor is driv en for 3.5 sec ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 662
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-43 T 1.4 Finisher-J1 Error Codes When the f inisher’ s self diagnostic mechanism has gone ON, it may be reset by turning off and then on its host machine. While the finisher is out of order , prints can still be made by disabl ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 663
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-44 T E531 0000 The stapling home position sensor (S16) does not go of f 0.5 sec after the stapler motor is rotated CW . The stapling home position sensor (S16) dos not go ON with 0.5 sec after the stapler motor is rotated CW and ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 664
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 6 SELF DIA GNOSIS 6-45 T E580 0000 The deli ve ry tray upper limit sensor (S13) g oes ON while the deli ve ry tray ascent/descent motor (M5) is in operation. The clock signal of the deli very tray ascent/descent motor clock sensor (S9) is not detec ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 665
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 666
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-1 T 1 Upgrading 1.1 Outline The machine is upgraded either by do wnloading data from a PC or by replacing its DIMM/R OM. The follo wing fi ve items are upgraded by downloading from a PC: • BOO T ROM (machine J1009 DIMM R OM) • HD ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 667
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-2 T • Do wnloading in Ser vice Mode T o start do wnload mode, 1) Start service mode. 2) Make the follo wing selection: COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DO WNLO AD. Then, press ‘OK’ so that the machine will be in download standby ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 668
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-3 T If you are using a straight Ethernet cable and a HUB, you are encouraged to connect the machine with the PC on a one-on-one basis, outside the user’ s network en vironment. F07-101-02 Straight Cable Straight Cable ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 669
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-4 T Memo Differences in Connection Between Bi-Centronics Cable and Netw ork Cable Each has its o wn adv antages and disadv antages; select one to suit specific needs: Connection with a Bi-Centronics Cable (using a parallel cable) Adv ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 670
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-5 T 1.2 Data Control Y ou must install the files to use (System, R UI, HD Format , BOO T , Language) before ex- ecuting downloading. 1) Start up the Service Support T ool. 2) Under ‘Controlling Data’, select ‘T o Next’. F07-10 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 671
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-6 T 3) From the Control W ork screen of the f irmw are, select ‘Registering Firmw are’. F07-102-02 4) From the following screen, select ‘Re gister from selected folder’. F07-102-03 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 672
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-7 T 5) Select the driv e to which you hav e inserted the System CD. 6) Select the folder of the suitable version, and click ‘Re gister’. On this screen, it is in the case of iR8500. F07-102-04 Note: For iR2800/iR3300 User Y ou mus ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 673
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-8 T 1.3 Downloading the System Softw are , R UI, and Language Module 1.3.1 Making Connections The discussions that follow are based on the use of a parallel cable: • Check to make sure that the Processing/Data lamp is OFF . 1) T urn ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 674
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-9 T 2) Start the machine’ s service mode, and make the following selections: COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DO WNLO AD. Then, press ‘OK’ so that the machine will be in do wnload standby mode (notation “STNDBY”). 3) Select S ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 675
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-10 T 4) If the notation in the upper right of the screen is ‘High-Speed’, go to step 6); if ‘Low- Speed’, go to step 5). F07-103-03 5) Click ‘Switch operation mode’ to bring up the Centronics Communication Mode Change scre ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 676
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-11 T 6) Click ‘OK’ to start connection. F07-103-05 7) When connection is done, the follo wing screen will appear . Click ‘OK’. F07-103-06 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 677
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-12 T 8) Select ‘System Software Do wnload’ of the Service Support T ool screen. F07-103-07 9) Select the files suited to the language and the country in question from the ‘list of soft- ware’ on the Ser vice Support T ool scre ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 678
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-13 T 10) The follo wing screen will appear to indicate the types of software that will be do wn- loaded: “Function: COPY/PRINTER” “NetW are: YES/NO. ” If the indications are cor- rect, click ‘Start’. F07-103-09 Memo Instal ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 679
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-14 T 1.3.3 After Downloading 1) T urn off the machine’ s main power switch, and disconnect its po wer plug. 2) T urn off the PC. 3) Disconnect the parallel cable from the PC and the machine. 4) If a network cable is connected, conne ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 680
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-15 T 1.4.2 Connection The follo wing discussions assume the use of a network cable (cross cable). Making Preparations If you want to do wnload firm ware to the machine using a netw ork, you need to set up the PC and the machine’ s n ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 681
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-16 T 2) Select the correct BOO T , and select an interface (bi-Centronics or Netw ork). (The ex- ample selects iR8500 for BOO T , and Network is selected for Interface.) F07-104-02 3) T o enter the IP address or the host name of the m ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 682
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-17 T 4) Enter the IP address or the host name (here, 172.16.1.1), and click ‘Sav e’. Then, click ‘OK’. F07-104-04 5) Check to see that the notation in the upper right indicates the IP address or the host name of the machine to ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 683
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-18 T 6) When connection is done, the follo wing screen appears. Click ‘OK’. F07-104-06 7) Select ‘BOO T R OM Download’ on the Service Support T ool screen. F07-104-07 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 684
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-19 T 8) Select the files for the v ersion in question of the Service Support T ool from ‘list of soft- ware’; then, click ‘Start’ to start do wnloading. F07-104-08 9) See the progress bar , which indicates the progress of down ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 685
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-20 T 1.5 F or matting the HDD If you hav e replaced the HDD, you must format it and then do wnload the system soft- ware, R UI, and language. 1.5.1 Making Connections The discussions that follow assume the use of a parallel cable: 1) ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 686
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-21 T 2) Select ‘HD Format’, and select ‘Connect’. F07-105-02 3) At this time, if the notation in the upper right of the screen is ‘High-Speed’, go to step 5); if ‘Low-Speed’, go to step 4). F07-105-03 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 687
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-22 T 4) Click ‘change operation mode’ so that the Centronics Communication Mode change screen will appear . Select ‘high-speed’, and click ‘OK’; then, go to step 6). F07-105-04 5) Click ‘OK’ to start connection. F07-10 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 688
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-23 T 6) When connection is done, the follo wing screen will appear . Select ‘OK’. F07-105-06 7) When the Check screen appears, select ‘Format’. F07-105-07 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 689
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-24 T 8) When the Start Check screen appears, select ‘Start’ to format all partitions. F07-105-08 9) When the Start Check screen appears once again, select ‘Start’. F07-105-09 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 690
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-25 T 10) When formatting is done, the message “Form at Finished” appears. Click ‘OK’. F07-105-10 11) T o continue do wnloading system, select ‘T o Unit Selection Screen’, and click ‘OK’. Then, start do wnloading system ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 691
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-26 T 12) When the system downloading ends, install the R UI and the Language module in the same way . F07-105-12 1.5.3 P oints to Note When Formatting the Hard Disk 1. If you have form atted the hard disk, you must also do wnload the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 692
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-27 T 1.6 Downloader PCB 1.6.1 Pur pose Used for upgrading the CPU mounted on the option’ s PCB (For D ADF-H1/Finisher-J1). 1.6.2 Downloader PCB Components F07-106-01 T07-106-01 [1] [2] [3] [4] [6] [7] [5] [8] [1] ST AR T/STOP key [4 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 693
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-28 T 1.6.3 Download Procedure a. Connecting to the option 1) T urn off the copier . 2) Detach the ADF or Finisher PCB cover . 3) Insert cable B (7pin) into ADF controller PCB (J9) or Finisher controller PCB (J12). F07-106-02 4) Connec ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 694
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-29 T b . Downloading 1) Start the service support tool. 2) Choose “Downloading/Uploading. ” F07-106-03 3) Press the ST AR T/STOP ke y . The LO AD LED lights. 4) Choose suitable folder . Highlight the model name and click Connect. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 695
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-30 T 5) Get ready for downloading as instructed on the screen. Click OK to proceed further . F07-106-05 6) Choose the R OM ve rsion to download. F07-106-06 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 696
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-31 T 7) Click ST AR T to let the PC and the downloader PCB to start do wnloading the program. F07-106-07 8) Click OK when the download completes. F07-106-08 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 697
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-32 T 9) Exit as instructed on the screen. F07-106-09 1.6.4 Disconnecting 1) Press the ST A R T/STOP ke y . The LO AD LED goes of f. 2) T urn off the copier . 3) Disconnect cable B from the finisher or ADF . 4) Reattach the cov er to t ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 698
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-33 T 1.7 Upgrading b y Replacing the DIMM/ROM The following items may be upgraded by replacing the DIMM/R OM; the DIMM/R OM will be provided as a service part on its o wn: • Copier Reader controller PCB: by replacement of flash R OM ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 699
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-34 T 2 Backing Up Data 2.1 Outline Using the Service Support T ool, you can back up the data of the SRAM mounted to the main controller PCB. The SRAM contains the following items of data: • Service mode settings • User mode settin ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 700
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-35 T 2.2 Backing Up Data 2.2.1 Making Preparations • Install the system software to the Service Support T ool, making sure that its v ersion is the same as that of the machine in question. • Check to make sure that the machine’ ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 701
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-36 T 2.2.3 Backing Up Data 1) Under ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘T o Next’. F07-202-01 2) Select ‘SYSTEM’, and select ‘Connect’. The discussions that follo w assume the use of a bi-Centronics cable as the interface ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 702
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-37 T 3) At this time, if the notation in the upper right of the screen is ‘High-Speed’, go to step 5); if ‘Low-Speed’, go to step 4). F07-202-03 4) Click ‘Switch operation mode’ to bring up the Centronics Communication Mod ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 703
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-38 T 5) Click ‘OK’ to start connection. F07-202-05 6) When connection is done, the follo wing screen appears. Click ‘OK’. F07-202-06 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 704
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-39 T 7) Select ‘Upload the Backup Data’ on the Service Support T ool screen. F07-202-07 8) Select ‘ AL L ’, and select ‘Start Storing’. F07-202-08 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 705
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-40 T 9) See the progress bar , indicating the progress of the save operation. 10) Select the driv e to sav e the data to, and enter the f ile name; the, select ‘Sav e’. F07-202-09 11) When the selected file has been stored on the ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 706
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-41 T 2.2.4 Downloading Backup Data 1) Under ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘T o Next’. F07-202-11 2) Select ‘SYSTEM’, and select ‘Connect’. F07-202-12 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 707
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-42 T 3) Select ‘OK’, and start connection. F07-202-13 4) When connection is done, the follo wing screen appears. Click ‘OK’. F07-202-14 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 708
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-43 T 5) Select ‘Download the backup Data’. F07-202-15 6) Select the file to do wnload , and select ‘Start Writing’. F07-202-16 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 709
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-44 T 7) See the progress bar , indicating the progress of the downloading operation. At the end, the following screen will appear . Select ‘OK’. F07-202-17 8) Make the follo wing selections to end the Service Support T ool: T o Un ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 710
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-45 T 2.2.5 Managing Backup Data Y ou can delete backup data that has become obsolete as follo ws: Y ou need not connect a PC to the machine to do so. 1) Under ‘Controlling Data’, select ‘T o Next’. F07-202-18 2) Select ‘Cont ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 711
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-46 T 3) Select the file to delete from the list of ‘Backup Data Stored on Computer’; then select ‘Remove’. F07-202-20 4) When the Delete Check screen appears, check the description for the selected file, and select ‘Remove? ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 712
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 CHAPTER 7 UPGRADING 7-47 T 5) When the Delete Finish screen appears, click ‘OK’. Make the follo wing selections to end the Service Support T ool: Return to Previous Screen>Return to Main Menu>Ending the Service Support T ool>End. F07-202-22 ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 713
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 APPENDIX ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 714
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 A-1 A. General Timing Char t General Timing Char t (printer unit) • A4, 2 sheets, Single-sided, Direct, Cassette (rev ersal deli very) Main motor (M1) Developing bias (DC) Separation static eliminating bias Pre-exposure lamp (LAMP2) Transfer sheet-to-she ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 715
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 A-2 General Timing Char t (reader unit w/ ADF) • A4, 2 sheets, Signal-sided, Direct • A4, 1 sheet, Double-sided, Direct Reader Unit ADF STBY Original set sensor (PI10) Registration paper sensor (PI6) Read sensor (PI7) Delivery rev ersal sensor (PI8) Pi ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 716
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 A-3 B . General Circuit Diagr am N M L K J I H G F E D C B A N M L K J I H G F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 0V A 13VU 0VD 5V 0VU3 0VU3 24VU3 24VU 3 24V 24V 24V J3086 L ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 717
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 A-5 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 H G F E D C B A LED100D SW100D POPD* Side deck drier PCB Lattice connector Name Deck feeding clutch Deck pickup clutch Deck open indication Deck main motor Deck lifter motor Deck pickup sensor Deck paper absent sensor Deck ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 718
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 A-6 D . 2-Cassette F eeding Unit-W1 General Circuit Diag ram 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 H G F E D C B A S1C S2C (Q1603,1605-1609) Lattice connector Cassette pickup PCB Pedestal controller PCB Name V ertical path roller clutch Pedestal main motor Cassette p ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 719
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 A-7 E. Inner 2-W a y T ra y-A1 General Circuit Diagra m 1 1 1 0 987654321 H I J K G F E D C B A Name 2-way delivery inlet motor 2-way delivery outlet motor No.2 delivery sensor No.2 delivery full sensor No.3 delivery sensor 2-way delivery open/closed senso ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 720
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 APPENDIX A-8 Remarks Used when making electrical checks. Used when positioning the No. 1/No. 2 mirror . Used when adjusting/ checking images. Used when making electrical checks. No. 1 2 3 4 5 Name Digital multimeter Door switch Mirror positioning tool (fro ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 721
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 APPENDIX A-9 Remarks Used when making electrical checks. No. 6 Name T ester extension pin (L-shaped) T oll No. FY9-3039 Shape Rank A Rank: A: each service person is expected to carry one. B: each group of fi ve persons is expected to carry one. C: each wor ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 722
COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC . 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 REV .0 MAR. 2001 APPENDIX A-10 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 G. List of Solvents/Oils Name Alcohol Solvent Heat resisting grease Lubricant Lubricant Lubricant Uses Cleaning: e.g., glass, plastic, rubber parts; external co vers. Cleaning: metal part; oil, toner . Lubrication: fixing driv ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 723
Prepared by Office Imaging Pr oducts Quality Assurance Center CANON INC. Printed in U.S.A. REVISION 0 (MAR. 2001) (18723/18756/22109/32205/35338) 5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, T oride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON IN C . CANON iR2200/iR2800/iR3300 RE V .0 MAR. 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A. ...
-
Canon IR2800 - page 724
PRINTED IN U.S.A. (IMPRIME A U U.S.A. ) 0401M0.7-1 This publication is printed on 100% recycled paper . ...
Do you have a question concerning Canon IR2800?
Use the form below
If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Canon IR2800, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Canon IR2800 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.